2011-06-22 Pedro Alves <pedro@codesourcery.com>
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / breakpoint.c
1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
2
3 Copyright (C) 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
4 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007,
5 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6
7 This file is part of GDB.
8
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
13
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
18
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21
22 #include "defs.h"
23 #include "arch-utils.h"
24 #include <ctype.h>
25 #include "hashtab.h"
26 #include "symtab.h"
27 #include "frame.h"
28 #include "breakpoint.h"
29 #include "tracepoint.h"
30 #include "gdbtypes.h"
31 #include "expression.h"
32 #include "gdbcore.h"
33 #include "gdbcmd.h"
34 #include "value.h"
35 #include "command.h"
36 #include "inferior.h"
37 #include "gdbthread.h"
38 #include "target.h"
39 #include "language.h"
40 #include "gdb_string.h"
41 #include "demangle.h"
42 #include "filenames.h"
43 #include "annotate.h"
44 #include "symfile.h"
45 #include "objfiles.h"
46 #include "source.h"
47 #include "linespec.h"
48 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "gdb.h"
50 #include "ui-out.h"
51 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
52 #include "gdb_assert.h"
53 #include "block.h"
54 #include "solib.h"
55 #include "solist.h"
56 #include "observer.h"
57 #include "exceptions.h"
58 #include "memattr.h"
59 #include "ada-lang.h"
60 #include "top.h"
61 #include "wrapper.h"
62 #include "valprint.h"
63 #include "jit.h"
64 #include "xml-syscall.h"
65 #include "parser-defs.h"
66 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
67 #include "continuations.h"
68
69 /* readline include files */
70 #include "readline/readline.h"
71 #include "readline/history.h"
72
73 /* readline defines this. */
74 #undef savestring
75
76 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
77 #include "python/python.h"
78
79 /* Arguments to pass as context to some catch command handlers. */
80 #define CATCH_PERMANENT ((void *) (uintptr_t) 0)
81 #define CATCH_TEMPORARY ((void *) (uintptr_t) 1)
82
83 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
84
85 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
86
87 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
88
89 static void disable_command (char *, int);
90
91 static void enable_command (char *, int);
92
93 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
94 void *),
95 void *);
96
97 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
98
99 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
100
101 static void clear_command (char *, int);
102
103 static void catch_command (char *, int);
104
105 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
106
107 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
108
109 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
110
111 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
112 static. */
113 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
114 struct symtab_and_line,
115 enum bptype);
116
117 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
118
119 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
120 CORE_ADDR bpaddr,
121 enum bptype bptype);
122
123 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
124 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
125 struct obj_section *, int);
126
127 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1,
128 CORE_ADDR addr1,
129 struct address_space *aspace2,
130 CORE_ADDR addr2);
131
132 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
133 struct bp_location *loc2);
134
135 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
136 struct address_space *aspace,
137 CORE_ADDR addr);
138
139 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
140
141 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
142
143 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
144 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
145
146 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
147
148 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
149
150 static void commands_command (char *, int);
151
152 static void condition_command (char *, int);
153
154 typedef enum
155 {
156 mark_inserted,
157 mark_uninserted
158 }
159 insertion_state_t;
160
161 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
162 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
163
164 static enum print_stop_action print_it_typical (bpstat);
165
166 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
167
168 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
169
170 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
171
172 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
173
174 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype, int *);
175
176 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
177
178 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
179
180 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp);
181
182 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
183
184 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
185
186 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
187
188 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg);
189
190 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event,
191 char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty);
192
193 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
194
195 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
196
197 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *,
198 CORE_ADDR pc);
199
200 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
201 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
202 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
203
204 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
205
206 static void update_global_location_list (int);
207
208 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
209
210 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
211
212 static int is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
213
214 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
215
216 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b);
217
218 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
219
220 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
221
222 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
223
224 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
225
226 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
227
228 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
229
230 /* Assuming we're creating a static tracepoint, does S look like a
231 static tracepoint marker spec ("-m MARKER_ID")? */
232 #define is_marker_spec(s) \
233 (s != NULL && strncmp (s, "-m", 2) == 0 && ((s)[2] == ' ' || (s)[2] == '\t'))
234
235 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
236 breakpoints share a single command list. */
237 struct counted_command_line
238 {
239 /* The reference count. */
240 int refc;
241
242 /* The command list. */
243 struct command_line *commands;
244 };
245
246 struct command_line *
247 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
248 {
249 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
250 }
251
252 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
253 current breakpoint. */
254
255 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
256
257 const char *
258 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
259 {
260 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
261 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
262 a breakpoint. */
263 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
264
265 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
266 }
267
268 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
269 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
270 if such is available. */
271 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
272
273 static void
274 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
275 struct cmd_list_element *c,
276 const char *value)
277 {
278 fprintf_filtered (file,
279 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
280 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
281 value);
282 }
283
284 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
285 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
286 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
287 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
288 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
289 static void
290 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
291 struct cmd_list_element *c,
292 const char *value)
293 {
294 fprintf_filtered (file,
295 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
296 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
297 value);
298 }
299
300 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
301 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
302 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
303 use hardware breakpoints. */
304 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
305 static void
306 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
307 struct cmd_list_element *c,
308 const char *value)
309 {
310 fprintf_filtered (file,
311 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
312 value);
313 }
314
315 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
316 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
317 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
318 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
319 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
320
321 static const char always_inserted_auto[] = "auto";
322 static const char always_inserted_on[] = "on";
323 static const char always_inserted_off[] = "off";
324 static const char *always_inserted_enums[] = {
325 always_inserted_auto,
326 always_inserted_off,
327 always_inserted_on,
328 NULL
329 };
330 static const char *always_inserted_mode = always_inserted_auto;
331 static void
332 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
333 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
334 {
335 if (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_auto)
336 fprintf_filtered (file,
337 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
338 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
339 value,
340 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
341 else
342 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
343 value);
344 }
345
346 int
347 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
348 {
349 return (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_on
350 || (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_auto && non_stop));
351 }
352
353 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
354
355 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
356 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
357
358 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
359 static int overlay_events_enabled;
360
361 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
362 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
363
364 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
365 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statment deletes the
366 current breakpoint. */
367
368 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
369
370 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
371 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
372 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
373 B = TMP)
374
375 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
376 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
377 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
378
379 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
380 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
381 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
382 BP_TMP++)
383
384 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
385
386 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
387 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
388 if (is_tracepoint (B))
389
390 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
391
392 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
393
394 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
395
396 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
397
398 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
399
400 static unsigned bp_location_count;
401
402 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
403 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
404 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
405 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
406 an address you need to read. */
407
408 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
409
410 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
411 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
412 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
413 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
414 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
415
416 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
417
418 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
419 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
420 by a target. */
421 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
422
423 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
424
425 static int breakpoint_count;
426
427 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
428 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
429 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
430 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
431 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
432
433 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
434
435 static int tracepoint_count;
436
437 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
438 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
439 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
440
441 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
442 static int
443 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
444 {
445 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
446 }
447
448 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
449
450 static void
451 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
452 {
453 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
454 breakpoint_count = num;
455 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
456 }
457
458 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
459 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
460 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
461
462 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
463 breakpoint made. */
464
465 void
466 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
467 {
468 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
469 }
470
471 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
472 breakpoint made. */
473
474 void
475 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
476 {
477 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
478 }
479
480 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
481
482 void
483 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
484 {
485 struct breakpoint *b;
486
487 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
488 b->hit_count = 0;
489 }
490
491 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
492 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
493
494 static struct counted_command_line *
495 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
496 {
497 struct counted_command_line *result
498 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line));
499
500 result->refc = 1;
501 result->commands = commands;
502 return result;
503 }
504
505 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
506
507 static void
508 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
509 {
510 if (cmd)
511 ++cmd->refc;
512 }
513
514 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
515 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
516 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
517
518 static void
519 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
520 {
521 if (*cmdp)
522 {
523 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
524 {
525 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
526 xfree (*cmdp);
527 }
528 *cmdp = NULL;
529 }
530 }
531
532 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
533
534 static void
535 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
536 {
537 decref_counted_command_line (arg);
538 }
539
540 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
541 argument. */
542
543 static struct cleanup *
544 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
545 {
546 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
547 }
548
549 /* Default address, symtab and line to put a breakpoint at
550 for "break" command with no arg.
551 If default_breakpoint_valid is zero, the other three are
552 not valid, and "break" with no arg is an error.
553
554 This set by print_stack_frame, which calls set_default_breakpoint. */
555
556 int default_breakpoint_valid;
557 CORE_ADDR default_breakpoint_address;
558 struct symtab *default_breakpoint_symtab;
559 int default_breakpoint_line;
560 struct program_space *default_breakpoint_pspace;
561
562 \f
563 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
564 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
565
566 struct breakpoint *
567 get_breakpoint (int num)
568 {
569 struct breakpoint *b;
570
571 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
572 if (b->number == num)
573 return b;
574
575 return NULL;
576 }
577
578 \f
579
580 void
581 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp,
582 int from_tty)
583 {
584 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
585
586 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
587 {
588 xfree (loc->cond);
589 loc->cond = NULL;
590 }
591 xfree (b->cond_string);
592 b->cond_string = NULL;
593 xfree (b->cond_exp);
594 b->cond_exp = NULL;
595
596 if (*exp == 0)
597 {
598 if (from_tty)
599 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
600 }
601 else
602 {
603 char *arg = exp;
604
605 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
606 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
607 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
608 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
609
610 if (is_watchpoint (b))
611 {
612 innermost_block = NULL;
613 arg = exp;
614 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0);
615 if (*arg)
616 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
617 b->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
618 }
619 else
620 {
621 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
622 {
623 arg = exp;
624 loc->cond =
625 parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
626 if (*arg)
627 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
628 }
629 }
630 }
631 breakpoints_changed ();
632 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
633 }
634
635 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
636
637 static void
638 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
639 {
640 struct breakpoint *b;
641 char *p;
642 int bnum;
643
644 if (arg == 0)
645 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
646
647 p = arg;
648 bnum = get_number (&p);
649 if (bnum == 0)
650 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
651
652 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
653 if (b->number == bnum)
654 {
655 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
656 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
657 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
658 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
659 if (b->py_bp_object
660 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b->py_bp_object))
661 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
662 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
663 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
664 return;
665 }
666
667 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
668 }
669
670 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
671 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
672 Throw if any such commands is found. */
673
674 static void
675 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
676 {
677 struct command_line *c;
678
679 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
680 {
681 int i;
682
683 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
684 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
685 "only be used for tracepoints"));
686
687 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
688 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
689
690 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
691 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
692 command directly. */
693 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
694 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
695
696 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
697 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
698 }
699 }
700
701 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
702
703 int
704 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
705 {
706 return (b->type == bp_tracepoint
707 || b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
708 || b->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
709 }
710
711 /* A helper function that validsates that COMMANDS are valid for a
712 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
713 found. */
714
715 static void
716 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
717 struct command_line *commands)
718 {
719 if (is_tracepoint (b))
720 {
721 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
722 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
723 while-stepping element, and that while-stepping's body has
724 valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping. */
725 struct command_line *c;
726 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
727 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
728 {
729 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
730 {
731 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
732 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
733 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
734 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
735 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
736 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
737
738 if (while_stepping)
739 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
740 "can be used only once"));
741 else
742 while_stepping = c;
743 }
744 }
745 if (while_stepping)
746 {
747 struct command_line *c2;
748
749 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
750 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
751 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
752 {
753 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
754 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
755 }
756 }
757 }
758 else
759 {
760 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
761 }
762 }
763
764 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
765 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
766
767 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
768 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
769 {
770 struct breakpoint *b;
771 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
772 struct bp_location *loc;
773
774 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
775 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
776 {
777 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
778 if (loc->address == addr)
779 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
780 }
781
782 return found;
783 }
784
785 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
786 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
787
788 void
789 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
790 struct command_line *commands)
791 {
792 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
793
794 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
795 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
796 breakpoints_changed ();
797 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
798 }
799
800 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
801 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
802 commands. */
803
804 void
805 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
806 {
807 int old_silent = b->silent;
808
809 b->silent = silent;
810 if (old_silent != silent)
811 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
812 }
813
814 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
815 breakpoint work for any thread. */
816
817 void
818 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
819 {
820 int old_thread = b->thread;
821
822 b->thread = thread;
823 if (old_thread != thread)
824 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
825 }
826
827 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
828 breakpoint work for any task. */
829
830 void
831 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
832 {
833 int old_task = b->task;
834
835 b->task = task;
836 if (old_task != task)
837 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
838 }
839
840 void
841 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
842 {
843 struct breakpoint *b = closure;
844
845 validate_actionline (&line, b);
846 }
847
848 /* A structure used to pass information through
849 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
850
851 struct commands_info
852 {
853 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
854 int from_tty;
855
856 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
857 char *arg;
858
859 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
860 already-parsed command. */
861 struct command_line *control;
862
863 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
864 yet been read. */
865 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
866 };
867
868 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
869 commands_command. */
870
871 static void
872 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
873 {
874 struct commands_info *info = data;
875
876 if (info->cmd == NULL)
877 {
878 struct command_line *l;
879
880 if (info->control != NULL)
881 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
882 else
883 {
884 struct cleanup *old_chain;
885 char *str;
886
887 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
888 "%s, one per line."),
889 info->arg);
890
891 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
892
893 l = read_command_lines (str,
894 info->from_tty, 1,
895 (is_tracepoint (b)
896 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
897 b);
898
899 do_cleanups (old_chain);
900 }
901
902 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
903 }
904
905 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
906 do anything. */
907 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
908 {
909 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
910 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
911 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
912 b->commands = info->cmd;
913 breakpoints_changed ();
914 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
915 }
916 }
917
918 static void
919 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
920 struct command_line *control)
921 {
922 struct cleanup *cleanups;
923 struct commands_info info;
924
925 info.from_tty = from_tty;
926 info.control = control;
927 info.cmd = NULL;
928 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
929 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
930 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
931
932 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
933 {
934 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
935 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
936 breakpoint_count);
937 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
938 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
939 else
940 {
941 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
942 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
943 numbers will fail in this case. */
944 arg = NULL;
945 }
946 }
947 else
948 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
949 our argument. */
950 arg = xstrdup (arg);
951
952 if (arg != NULL)
953 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
954
955 info.arg = arg;
956
957 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
958
959 if (info.cmd == NULL)
960 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
961
962 do_cleanups (cleanups);
963 }
964
965 static void
966 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
967 {
968 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
969 }
970
971 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
972 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
973
974 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
975 that are part of if and while bodies. */
976 enum command_control_type
977 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
978 {
979 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
980 return simple_control;
981 }
982
983 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
984
985 static int
986 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
987 {
988 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
989 return 0;
990 if (!bl->inserted)
991 return 0;
992 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
993 /* bp isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
994 return 0;
995 return 1;
996 }
997
998 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
999 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1000
1001 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1002 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1003 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1004 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1005 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1006 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1007 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1008 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1009 and:
1010 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1011
1012 void
1013 breakpoint_restore_shadows (gdb_byte *buf, ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1014 {
1015 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1016 search. */
1017 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1018
1019 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1020 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1021 report higher one. */
1022
1023 bc_l = 0;
1024 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1025 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1026 {
1027 struct bp_location *bl;
1028
1029 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1030 bl = bp_location[bc];
1031
1032 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1033 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1034 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1035 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1036
1037 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1038 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1039 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1040
1041 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1042 >= bl->address)
1043 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1044 <= memaddr))
1045 bc_l = bc;
1046 else
1047 bc_r = bc;
1048 }
1049
1050 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1051 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1052 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1053 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1054 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1055 B:
1056
1057 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1058
1059 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1060 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1061 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1062 and L2. */
1063 while (bc_l > 0
1064 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1065 bc_l--;
1066
1067 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1068
1069 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1070 {
1071 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1072 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1073 int bp_size = 0;
1074 int bptoffset = 0;
1075
1076 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1077 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1078 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1079 bl->owner->number);
1080
1081 /* Performance optimization: any futher element can no longer affect BUF
1082 content. */
1083
1084 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1085 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1086 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1087 break;
1088
1089 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1090 continue;
1091 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->target_info.placed_address_space, 0,
1092 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1093 continue;
1094
1095 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1096 we need to copy. */
1097 bp_addr = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1098 bp_size = bl->target_info.shadow_len;
1099
1100 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1101 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1102 are reading. */
1103 continue;
1104
1105 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1106 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1107 reading. */
1108 continue;
1109
1110 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1111 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1112 {
1113 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1114 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1115 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1116 bp_addr = memaddr;
1117 }
1118
1119 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1120 {
1121 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1122 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1123 }
1124
1125 memcpy (buf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1126 bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1127 }
1128 }
1129 \f
1130
1131 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1132
1133 static int
1134 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1135 {
1136 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1137 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1138 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1139 }
1140
1141 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1142 software. */
1143
1144 static int
1145 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1146 {
1147 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1148 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1149 }
1150
1151 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint: returns true if the current thread
1152 and its running state are safe to evaluate or update watchpoint B.
1153 Watchpoints on local expressions need to be evaluated in the
1154 context of the thread that was current when the watchpoint was
1155 created, and, that thread needs to be stopped to be able to select
1156 the correct frame context. Watchpoints on global expressions can
1157 be evaluated on any thread, and in any state. It is presently left
1158 to the target allowing memory accesses when threads are
1159 running. */
1160
1161 static int
1162 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct breakpoint *b)
1163 {
1164 return (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1165 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1166 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid)));
1167 }
1168
1169 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1170 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1171
1172 static void
1173 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct breakpoint *b)
1174 {
1175 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (b));
1176
1177 if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1178 {
1179 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1180 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1181 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1182 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1183 b->related_breakpoint = b;
1184 }
1185 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1186 }
1187
1188 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1189 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1190 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1191 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1192 in b->loc->cond.
1193 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1194
1195 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1196 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1197 it.
1198
1199 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1200 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1201 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1202 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1203 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1204 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1205 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1206 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1207
1208 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1209 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1210 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1211 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1212 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1213 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1214 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1215 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1216 not changed.
1217
1218 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1219 hardware watchpoints:
1220
1221 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1222 called several times when GDB stops.
1223
1224 [linux]
1225 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1226 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1227 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1228 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1229 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1230 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1231 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1232 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1233 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1234 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1235 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1236
1237 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1238 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1239
1240 static void
1241 update_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, int reparse)
1242 {
1243 int within_current_scope;
1244 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1245 int frame_saved;
1246
1247 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (b));
1248
1249 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1250 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1251 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1252 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1253 return;
1254
1255 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1256 return;
1257
1258 frame_saved = 0;
1259
1260 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1261 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1262 within_current_scope = 1;
1263 else
1264 {
1265 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1266 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1267 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1268
1269 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1270 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1271 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1272 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1273 return;
1274
1275 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1276 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1277 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1278 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1279 selected frame. */
1280 frame_saved = 1;
1281 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1282
1283 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1284 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1285 if (within_current_scope)
1286 select_frame (fi);
1287 }
1288
1289 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1290 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1291 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1292 b->loc = NULL;
1293
1294 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1295 {
1296 char *s;
1297
1298 if (b->exp)
1299 {
1300 xfree (b->exp);
1301 b->exp = NULL;
1302 }
1303 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1304 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1305 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1306 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1307 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1308 be completely different objects. */
1309 value_free (b->val);
1310 b->val = NULL;
1311 b->val_valid = 0;
1312
1313 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1314 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1315 locations (re)created below. */
1316 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
1317 {
1318 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1319 {
1320 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1321 b->cond_exp = NULL;
1322 }
1323
1324 s = b->cond_string;
1325 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1326 }
1327 }
1328
1329 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1330 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1331 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1332 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1333 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1334 if ( !target_has_execution)
1335 {
1336 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1337 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1338 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1339 }
1340 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1341 {
1342 int pc = 0;
1343 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1344 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1345
1346 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain);
1347
1348 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1349 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1350 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1351 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1352 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1353 watchpoints. */
1354 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (b))
1355 {
1356 b->val = v;
1357 b->val_valid = 1;
1358 }
1359
1360 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1361
1362 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1363 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1364 {
1365 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1366 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1367 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1368 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1369 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1370 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1371 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1372 {
1373 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1374
1375 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1376 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1377 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1378 if (v == result
1379 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1380 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1381 {
1382 CORE_ADDR addr;
1383 int len, type;
1384 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1385
1386 addr = value_address (v);
1387 len = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1388 type = hw_write;
1389 if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1390 type = hw_read;
1391 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1392 type = hw_access;
1393
1394 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
1395 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1396 ;
1397 *tmp = loc;
1398 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1399
1400 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1401 loc->address = addr;
1402 loc->length = len;
1403 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1404 }
1405 }
1406 }
1407
1408 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1409 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1410 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1411 is started. */
1412 if (reparse)
1413 {
1414 int reg_cnt;
1415 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
1416 struct bp_location *bl;
1417
1418 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
1419
1420 if (reg_cnt)
1421 {
1422 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
1423
1424 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1425 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1426 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
1427
1428 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1429 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1430 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1431 this watchpoint in as well. To guarantee the
1432 hw_watchpoint_used_count call below counts this
1433 watchpoint, make sure that it is marked as a hardware
1434 watchpoint. */
1435 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint)
1436 b->type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
1437
1438 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count (b->type, &other_type_used);
1439 target_resources_ok = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint
1440 (b->type, i, other_type_used);
1441 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
1442 {
1443 /* If there's no works_in_software_mode method, we
1444 assume that the watchpoint works in software mode. */
1445 int sw_mode = (!b->ops || !b->ops->works_in_software_mode
1446 || b->ops->works_in_software_mode (b));
1447
1448 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
1449 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1450 "hardware watchpoint."));
1451 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
1452 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1453 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1454 else
1455 b->type = bp_watchpoint;
1456 }
1457 }
1458 else if (b->ops && b->ops->works_in_software_mode
1459 && !b->ops->works_in_software_mode (b))
1460 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1461 "read/access watchpoint."));
1462 else
1463 b->type = bp_watchpoint;
1464
1465 loc_type = (b->type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
1466 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
1467 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
1468 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
1469 }
1470
1471 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
1472 {
1473 next = value_next (v);
1474 if (v != b->val)
1475 value_free (v);
1476 }
1477
1478 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1479 above left it without any location set up. But,
1480 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1481 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1482 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc == NULL)
1483 {
1484 b->loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
1485 b->loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1486 b->loc->address = -1;
1487 b->loc->length = -1;
1488 b->loc->watchpoint_type = -1;
1489 }
1490 }
1491 else if (!within_current_scope)
1492 {
1493 printf_filtered (_("\
1494 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1495 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1496 b->number);
1497 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
1498 }
1499
1500 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1501 if (frame_saved)
1502 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1503 }
1504
1505
1506 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1507 inserted in the inferior. */
1508 static int
1509 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
1510 {
1511 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
1512 return 0;
1513
1514 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1515 return 0;
1516
1517 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
1518 return 0;
1519
1520 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
1521 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
1522 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
1523 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
1524 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
1525 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
1526 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
1527 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
1528 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
1529 return 0;
1530
1531 /* Tracepoints are inserted by the target at a time of its choosing,
1532 not by us. */
1533 if (is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
1534 return 0;
1535
1536 return 1;
1537 }
1538
1539 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
1540 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
1541 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
1542
1543 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
1544 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
1545 static int
1546 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
1547 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
1548 int *disabled_breaks,
1549 int *hw_breakpoint_error)
1550 {
1551 int val = 0;
1552
1553 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
1554 return 0;
1555
1556 /* Initialize the target-specific information. */
1557 memset (&bl->target_info, 0, sizeof (bl->target_info));
1558 bl->target_info.placed_address = bl->address;
1559 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
1560 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
1561
1562 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1563 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1564 {
1565 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
1566 {
1567 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
1568 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
1569 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
1570
1571 Two important cases are:
1572 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
1573 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
1574 hardware breakpoint.
1575 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
1576 read-write. This means we've previously made the
1577 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
1578 so we undo.
1579
1580 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
1581 location types we've just set here, the only possible
1582 problem is that memory map has changed during running
1583 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
1584 gdb. */
1585 struct mem_region *mr
1586 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.placed_address);
1587
1588 if (mr)
1589 {
1590 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
1591 {
1592 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
1593
1594 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
1595 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
1596 else
1597 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
1598
1599 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
1600 {
1601 static int said = 0;
1602
1603 bl->loc_type = new_type;
1604 if (!said)
1605 {
1606 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
1607 _("Note: automatically using "
1608 "hardware breakpoints for "
1609 "read-only addresses.\n"));
1610 said = 1;
1611 }
1612 }
1613 }
1614 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1615 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
1616 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
1617 "at readonly address %s"),
1618 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
1619 }
1620 }
1621
1622 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1623 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
1624 || bl->section == NULL
1625 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
1626 {
1627 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
1628
1629 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1630 val = target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
1631 &bl->target_info);
1632 else
1633 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
1634 &bl->target_info);
1635 }
1636 else
1637 {
1638 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1639 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1640 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
1641 {
1642 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
1643 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
1644 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
1645 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1646 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
1647 bl->owner->number);
1648 else
1649 {
1650 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
1651 bl->section);
1652 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
1653 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
1654 bl->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
1655 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
1656 &bl->overlay_target_info);
1657 if (val != 0)
1658 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1659 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
1660 "failed: in ROM?\n",
1661 bl->owner->number);
1662 }
1663 }
1664 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
1665 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
1666 {
1667 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
1668 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1669 val = target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
1670 &bl->target_info);
1671 else
1672 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
1673 &bl->target_info);
1674 }
1675 else
1676 {
1677 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
1678 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
1679 return 0;
1680 }
1681 }
1682
1683 if (val)
1684 {
1685 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
1686 if (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
1687 {
1688 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
1689 val = 0;
1690 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
1691 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
1692 if (!*disabled_breaks)
1693 {
1694 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1695 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1696 bl->owner->number);
1697 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1698 "Temporarily disabling shared "
1699 "library breakpoints:\n");
1700 }
1701 *disabled_breaks = 1;
1702 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1703 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
1704 }
1705 else
1706 {
1707 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1708 {
1709 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
1710 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1711 "Cannot insert hardware "
1712 "breakpoint %d.\n",
1713 bl->owner->number);
1714 }
1715 else
1716 {
1717 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1718 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1719 bl->owner->number);
1720 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream,
1721 "Error accessing memory address ");
1722 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
1723 tmp_error_stream);
1724 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
1725 safe_strerror (val));
1726 }
1727
1728 }
1729 }
1730 else
1731 bl->inserted = 1;
1732
1733 return val;
1734 }
1735
1736 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
1737 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
1738 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
1739 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
1740 {
1741 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
1742 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
1743
1744 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1745
1746 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
1747 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
1748 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
1749 {
1750 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
1751
1752 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
1753 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
1754 of this one. */
1755 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
1756 if (loc != bl
1757 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
1758 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
1759 {
1760 bl->duplicate = 1;
1761 bl->inserted = 1;
1762 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
1763 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
1764 val = 0;
1765 break;
1766 }
1767
1768 if (val == 1)
1769 {
1770 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
1771 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1772
1773 if (val)
1774 /* Back to the original value. */
1775 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
1776 }
1777 }
1778
1779 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
1780 }
1781
1782 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
1783 {
1784 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
1785 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
1786
1787 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1788 if (val)
1789 {
1790 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
1791
1792 if (val == 1)
1793 warning (_("\
1794 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
1795 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
1796 else
1797 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
1798 }
1799
1800 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
1801
1802 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
1803 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
1804 so just return success. */
1805 return 0;
1806 }
1807
1808 return 0;
1809 }
1810
1811 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
1812 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
1813 PSPACE anymore. */
1814
1815 void
1816 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
1817 {
1818 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
1819 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
1820
1821 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
1822 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
1823 {
1824 if (b->pspace == pspace)
1825 delete_breakpoint (b);
1826 }
1827
1828 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
1829 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
1830 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
1831 {
1832 struct bp_location *tmp;
1833
1834 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
1835 {
1836 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1837 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
1838 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
1839 else
1840 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
1841 if (tmp->next == loc)
1842 {
1843 tmp->next = loc->next;
1844 break;
1845 }
1846 }
1847 }
1848
1849 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
1850 removed locations above. */
1851 update_global_location_list (0);
1852 }
1853
1854 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
1855 Throws exception on any error.
1856 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
1857 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
1858 void
1859 insert_breakpoints (void)
1860 {
1861 struct breakpoint *bpt;
1862
1863 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
1864 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
1865 update_watchpoint (bpt, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
1866
1867 update_global_location_list (1);
1868
1869 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
1870 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
1871 now. */
1872 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
1873 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
1874 }
1875
1876 /* insert_breakpoints is used when starting or continuing the program.
1877 remove_breakpoints is used when the program stops.
1878 Both return zero if successful,
1879 or an `errno' value if could not write the inferior. */
1880
1881 static void
1882 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
1883 {
1884 struct breakpoint *bpt;
1885 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
1886 int error = 0;
1887 int val = 0;
1888 int disabled_breaks = 0;
1889 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
1890
1891 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
1892 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
1893
1894 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
1895 there was an error. */
1896 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
1897
1898 save_current_space_and_thread ();
1899
1900 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
1901 {
1902 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
1903 continue;
1904
1905 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
1906 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
1907 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1908 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
1909 && !valid_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
1910 continue;
1911
1912 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
1913
1914 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
1915 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
1916 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
1917 insert breakpoints. */
1918 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
1919 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
1920 continue;
1921
1922 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
1923 &hw_breakpoint_error);
1924 if (val)
1925 error = val;
1926 }
1927
1928 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
1929 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
1930 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
1931 {
1932 int some_failed = 0;
1933 struct bp_location *loc;
1934
1935 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
1936 continue;
1937
1938 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
1939 continue;
1940
1941 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1942 continue;
1943
1944 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1945 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
1946 {
1947 some_failed = 1;
1948 break;
1949 }
1950 if (some_failed)
1951 {
1952 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1953 if (loc->inserted)
1954 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
1955
1956 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
1957 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1958 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
1959 bpt->number);
1960 error = -1;
1961 }
1962 }
1963
1964 if (error)
1965 {
1966 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
1967 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
1968 if (hw_breakpoint_error)
1969 {
1970 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1971 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
1972 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
1973 }
1974 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
1975 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
1976 }
1977
1978 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1979 }
1980
1981 int
1982 remove_breakpoints (void)
1983 {
1984 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
1985 int val = 0;
1986
1987 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
1988 {
1989 if (bl->inserted)
1990 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
1991 }
1992 return val;
1993 }
1994
1995 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
1996
1997 int
1998 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
1999 {
2000 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2001 int val;
2002 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2003
2004 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2005 {
2006 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2007 continue;
2008
2009 if (bl->inserted)
2010 {
2011 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2012 if (val != 0)
2013 return val;
2014 }
2015 }
2016 return 0;
2017 }
2018
2019 int
2020 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
2021 {
2022 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2023 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2024 int val;
2025 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
2026 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0;
2027 struct inferior *inf;
2028 struct thread_info *tp;
2029
2030 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
2031 if (tp == NULL)
2032 return 1;
2033
2034 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2035 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
2036
2037 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
2038
2039 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2040 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2041
2042 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2043 {
2044 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2045 continue;
2046
2047 if (bl->inserted)
2048 {
2049 bl->inserted = 0;
2050 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2);
2051 if (val != 0)
2052 {
2053 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2054 return val;
2055 }
2056 }
2057 }
2058 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2059 return 0;
2060 }
2061
2062 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
2063
2064 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
2065 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
2066 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
2067 Otherwis the breakpoint number will be populated from
2068 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
2069 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
2070 static void
2071 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
2072 {
2073 if (internal)
2074 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
2075 else
2076 {
2077 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
2078 b->number = breakpoint_count;
2079 }
2080 }
2081
2082 static struct breakpoint *
2083 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
2084 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type)
2085 {
2086 struct symtab_and_line sal;
2087 struct breakpoint *b;
2088
2089 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
2090
2091 sal.pc = address;
2092 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
2093 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
2094
2095 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type);
2096 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
2097 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
2098
2099 return b;
2100 }
2101
2102 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
2103 {
2104 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
2105 };
2106 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
2107
2108 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
2109 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
2110 {
2111 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
2112 struct minimal_symbol *overlay_msym;
2113
2114 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
2115 struct minimal_symbol *longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
2116
2117 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
2118 struct minimal_symbol *terminate_msym;
2119
2120 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
2121 struct minimal_symbol *exception_msym;
2122 };
2123
2124 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
2125
2126 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
2127 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
2128
2129 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
2130
2131 static int
2132 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
2133 {
2134 return msym == &msym_not_found;
2135 }
2136
2137 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
2138 Allocate the data if necessary. */
2139
2140 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
2141 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
2142 {
2143 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2144
2145 bp_objfile_data = objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key);
2146 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
2147 {
2148 bp_objfile_data = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
2149 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
2150
2151 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
2152 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
2153 }
2154 return bp_objfile_data;
2155 }
2156
2157 static void
2158 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
2159 {
2160 struct objfile *objfile;
2161 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
2162
2163 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2164 {
2165 struct breakpoint *b;
2166 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2167 CORE_ADDR addr;
2168
2169 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2170
2171 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym))
2172 continue;
2173
2174 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym == NULL)
2175 {
2176 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2177
2178 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
2179 if (m == NULL)
2180 {
2181 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
2182 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = &msym_not_found;
2183 continue;
2184 }
2185 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
2186 }
2187
2188 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
2189 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
2190 bp_overlay_event);
2191 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2192
2193 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
2194 {
2195 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
2196 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
2197 }
2198 else
2199 {
2200 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2201 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
2202 }
2203 }
2204 update_global_location_list (1);
2205 }
2206
2207 static void
2208 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
2209 {
2210 struct program_space *pspace;
2211 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2212
2213 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
2214
2215 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
2216 {
2217 struct objfile *objfile;
2218
2219 set_current_program_space (pspace);
2220
2221 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2222 {
2223 int i;
2224 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
2225 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2226
2227 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
2228 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
2229 continue;
2230
2231 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2232
2233 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
2234 {
2235 struct breakpoint *b;
2236 const char *func_name;
2237 CORE_ADDR addr;
2238
2239 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]))
2240 continue;
2241
2242 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
2243 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] == NULL)
2244 {
2245 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2246
2247 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
2248 if (m == NULL)
2249 {
2250 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
2251 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = &msym_not_found;
2252 continue;
2253 }
2254 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
2255 }
2256
2257 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
2258 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master);
2259 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2260 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2261 }
2262 }
2263 }
2264 update_global_location_list (1);
2265
2266 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2267 }
2268
2269 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
2270 static void
2271 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
2272 {
2273 struct program_space *pspace;
2274 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2275 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
2276
2277 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
2278
2279 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
2280 {
2281 struct objfile *objfile;
2282 CORE_ADDR addr;
2283
2284 set_current_program_space (pspace);
2285
2286 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2287 {
2288 struct breakpoint *b;
2289 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2290
2291 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2292
2293 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym))
2294 continue;
2295
2296 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym == NULL)
2297 {
2298 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2299
2300 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
2301 if (m == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_text
2302 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_file_text))
2303 {
2304 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
2305 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = &msym_not_found;
2306 continue;
2307 }
2308 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
2309 }
2310
2311 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
2312 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
2313 bp_std_terminate_master);
2314 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2315 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2316 }
2317 }
2318
2319 update_global_location_list (1);
2320
2321 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2322 }
2323
2324 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
2325
2326 void
2327 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
2328 {
2329 struct objfile *objfile;
2330 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
2331
2332 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2333 {
2334 struct breakpoint *b;
2335 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
2336 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2337 CORE_ADDR addr;
2338
2339 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2340
2341 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym))
2342 continue;
2343
2344 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
2345
2346 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym == NULL)
2347 {
2348 struct minimal_symbol *debug_hook;
2349
2350 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
2351 if (debug_hook == NULL)
2352 {
2353 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = &msym_not_found;
2354 continue;
2355 }
2356
2357 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
2358 }
2359
2360 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
2361 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
2362 &current_target);
2363 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master);
2364 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2365 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2366 }
2367
2368 update_global_location_list (1);
2369 }
2370
2371 void
2372 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
2373 {
2374 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
2375 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
2376
2377 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
2378 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
2379 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
2380 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
2381 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
2382 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
2383 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
2384 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
2385 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
2386 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
2387 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
2388
2389 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
2390 {
2391 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
2392 continue;
2393
2394 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
2395 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
2396 {
2397 delete_breakpoint (b);
2398 continue;
2399 }
2400
2401 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
2402 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
2403 {
2404 delete_breakpoint (b);
2405 continue;
2406 }
2407
2408 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
2409 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
2410 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
2411 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
2412 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
2413 {
2414 delete_breakpoint (b);
2415 continue;
2416 }
2417
2418 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
2419 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
2420 {
2421 delete_breakpoint (b);
2422 continue;
2423 }
2424
2425 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
2426 after an exec. */
2427 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
2428 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
2429 {
2430 delete_breakpoint (b);
2431 continue;
2432 }
2433
2434 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
2435 {
2436 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
2437 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
2438 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
2439 a new method, and call this method from here. */
2440 continue;
2441 }
2442
2443 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
2444 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
2445 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
2446 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
2447 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
2448 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
2449
2450 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
2451 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
2452 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
2453 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
2454 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
2455 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
2456 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
2457
2458 In the absense of a general solution for the "how do we know
2459 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
2460 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
2461 let finish_command delete it.
2462
2463 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
2464 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
2465 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
2466 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
2467 solib breakpoints.) */
2468
2469 if (b->type == bp_finish)
2470 {
2471 continue;
2472 }
2473
2474 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
2475 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
2476 a.out. */
2477 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
2478 {
2479 delete_breakpoint (b);
2480 continue;
2481 }
2482 }
2483 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
2484 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
2485 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
2486 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
2487 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
2488 }
2489
2490 int
2491 detach_breakpoints (int pid)
2492 {
2493 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2494 int val = 0;
2495 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
2496 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
2497
2498 if (pid == PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
2499 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
2500
2501 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
2502 inferior_ptid = pid_to_ptid (pid);
2503 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2504 {
2505 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2506 continue;
2507
2508 if (bl->inserted)
2509 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
2510 }
2511
2512 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
2513 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
2514
2515 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2516 return val;
2517 }
2518
2519 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
2520 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
2521 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
2522 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
2523 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
2524
2525 static int
2526 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
2527 {
2528 int val;
2529
2530 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
2531 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
2532
2533 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2534 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2535 return 0;
2536
2537 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2538 This should not ever happen. */
2539 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
2540
2541 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2542 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2543 {
2544 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
2545 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
2546 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
2547
2548 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2549 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2550 || bl->section == NULL
2551 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2552 {
2553 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
2554
2555 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2556 val = target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
2557 else
2558 val = target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
2559 }
2560 else
2561 {
2562 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2563 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2564 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2565 {
2566 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
2567 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
2568 */
2569 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
2570 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
2571 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2572 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2573 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2574 else
2575 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2576 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2577 }
2578 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
2579 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
2580 if (bl->inserted)
2581 {
2582 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
2583 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
2584 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
2585 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
2586 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2587 val = target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2588 &bl->target_info);
2589
2590 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
2591 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
2592 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
2593 else if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2594 val = target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2595 &bl->target_info);
2596 else
2597 val = 0;
2598 }
2599 else
2600 {
2601 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
2602 val = 0;
2603 }
2604 }
2605
2606 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
2607 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
2608 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
2609 if (val && solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
2610 val = 0;
2611
2612 if (val)
2613 return val;
2614 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
2615 }
2616 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
2617 {
2618 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2619 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
2620
2621 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
2622 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
2623
2624 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
2625 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
2626 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
2627 bl->owner->number);
2628 }
2629 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
2630 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
2631 && !bl->duplicate)
2632 {
2633 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2634 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
2635
2636 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
2637 if (val)
2638 return val;
2639
2640 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
2641 }
2642
2643 return 0;
2644 }
2645
2646 static int
2647 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
2648 {
2649 int ret;
2650 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2651
2652 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
2653 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
2654
2655 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2656 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2657 return 0;
2658
2659 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2660 This should not ever happen. */
2661 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
2662
2663 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
2664
2665 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2666
2667 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
2668
2669 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2670 return ret;
2671 }
2672
2673 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
2674
2675 void
2676 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
2677 {
2678 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2679
2680 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2681 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
2682 bl->inserted = 0;
2683 }
2684
2685 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
2686 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
2687
2688 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
2689 between runs.
2690
2691 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
2692 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
2693 init_wait_for_inferior). */
2694
2695
2696
2697 void
2698 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
2699 {
2700 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
2701 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2702 int ix;
2703 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
2704
2705 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
2706 nothing to do. */
2707 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch))
2708 return;
2709
2710 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2711 {
2712 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2713 if (bl->pspace == pspace
2714 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
2715 bl->inserted = 0;
2716 }
2717
2718 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
2719 {
2720 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
2721 continue;
2722
2723 switch (b->type)
2724 {
2725 case bp_call_dummy:
2726
2727 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
2728 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
2729 rid of it. */
2730
2731 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
2732
2733 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
2734
2735 case bp_shlib_event:
2736
2737 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
2738 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
2739 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
2740 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
2741 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
2742
2743 (gdb) file prog-linux
2744 (gdb) run # native linux target
2745 ...
2746 (gdb) kill
2747 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
2748 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
2749 */
2750
2751 delete_breakpoint (b);
2752 break;
2753
2754 case bp_watchpoint:
2755 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
2756 case bp_read_watchpoint:
2757 case bp_access_watchpoint:
2758
2759 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
2760 if (b->exp_valid_block != NULL)
2761 delete_breakpoint (b);
2762 else if (context == inf_starting)
2763 {
2764 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
2765 insert_breakpoints. */
2766 if (b->val)
2767 value_free (b->val);
2768 b->val = NULL;
2769 b->val_valid = 0;
2770 }
2771 break;
2772 default:
2773 break;
2774 }
2775 }
2776
2777 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
2778 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
2779 decref_bp_location (&bl);
2780 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
2781 }
2782
2783 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
2784 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
2785 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
2786 match, not program space. */
2787
2788 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
2789 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
2790 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
2791 permanent breakpoint.
2792 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
2793 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
2794 - When continuing from a localion with a permanent breakpoint, we
2795 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
2796 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
2797
2798 enum breakpoint_here
2799 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
2800 {
2801 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2802 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
2803
2804 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2805 {
2806 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2807 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2808 continue;
2809
2810 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2811 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
2812 || bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2813 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
2814 {
2815 if (overlay_debugging
2816 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2817 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2818 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2819 else if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2820 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
2821 else
2822 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
2823 }
2824 }
2825
2826 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
2827 }
2828
2829 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
2830
2831 int
2832 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
2833 {
2834 struct bp_location *loc;
2835 int ix;
2836
2837 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
2838 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
2839 return 1;
2840
2841 return 0;
2842 }
2843
2844 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
2845 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
2846 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
2847 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
2848
2849 int
2850 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
2851 CORE_ADDR pc)
2852 {
2853 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2854
2855 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2856 {
2857 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2858 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2859 continue;
2860
2861 if (bl->inserted
2862 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
2863 {
2864 if (overlay_debugging
2865 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2866 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2867 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2868 else
2869 return 1;
2870 }
2871 }
2872 return 0;
2873 }
2874
2875 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
2876 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
2877
2878 int
2879 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
2880 {
2881 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
2882 return 1;
2883
2884 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
2885 return 1;
2886
2887 return 0;
2888 }
2889
2890 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
2891 inserted at PC. */
2892
2893 int
2894 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
2895 CORE_ADDR pc)
2896 {
2897 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2898
2899 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2900 {
2901 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
2902 continue;
2903
2904 if (bl->inserted
2905 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
2906 aspace, pc))
2907 {
2908 if (overlay_debugging
2909 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2910 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2911 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2912 else
2913 return 1;
2914 }
2915 }
2916
2917 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
2918 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
2919 return 1;
2920
2921 return 0;
2922 }
2923
2924 int
2925 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
2926 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
2927 {
2928 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2929
2930 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2931 {
2932 struct bp_location *loc;
2933
2934 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
2935 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
2936 continue;
2937
2938 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
2939 continue;
2940
2941 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2942 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
2943 {
2944 CORE_ADDR l, h;
2945
2946 /* Check for intersection. */
2947 l = max (loc->address, addr);
2948 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
2949 if (l < h)
2950 return 1;
2951 }
2952 }
2953 return 0;
2954 }
2955
2956 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
2957 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
2958
2959 int
2960 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
2961 ptid_t ptid)
2962 {
2963 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2964 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
2965 int thread = -1;
2966 int task = 0;
2967
2968 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2969 {
2970 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2971 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2972 continue;
2973
2974 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2975 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
2976 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
2977 continue;
2978
2979 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
2980 continue;
2981
2982 if (bl->owner->thread != -1)
2983 {
2984 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
2985 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
2986 it is now time to do so. */
2987 if (thread == -1)
2988 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
2989 if (bl->owner->thread != thread)
2990 continue;
2991 }
2992
2993 if (bl->owner->task != 0)
2994 {
2995 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
2996 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
2997 it is now time to do so. */
2998 if (task == 0)
2999 task = ada_get_task_number (ptid);
3000 if (bl->owner->task != task)
3001 continue;
3002 }
3003
3004 if (overlay_debugging
3005 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3006 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3007 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3008
3009 return 1;
3010 }
3011
3012 return 0;
3013 }
3014 \f
3015
3016 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
3017 in breakpoint.h. */
3018
3019 int
3020 ep_is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
3021 {
3022 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
3023 }
3024
3025 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
3026 'next' chain. */
3027
3028 static void
3029 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
3030 {
3031 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3032 value_free (bs->old_val);
3033 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
3034 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
3035 xfree (bs);
3036 }
3037
3038 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
3039 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
3040
3041 void
3042 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
3043 {
3044 bpstat p;
3045 bpstat q;
3046
3047 if (bsp == 0)
3048 return;
3049 p = *bsp;
3050 while (p != NULL)
3051 {
3052 q = p->next;
3053 bpstat_free (p);
3054 p = q;
3055 }
3056 *bsp = NULL;
3057 }
3058
3059 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
3060 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
3061
3062 bpstat
3063 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
3064 {
3065 bpstat p = NULL;
3066 bpstat tmp;
3067 bpstat retval = NULL;
3068
3069 if (bs == NULL)
3070 return bs;
3071
3072 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3073 {
3074 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
3075 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
3076 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
3077 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
3078 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3079 {
3080 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
3081 release_value (tmp->old_val);
3082 }
3083
3084 if (p == NULL)
3085 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
3086 retval = tmp;
3087 else
3088 p->next = tmp;
3089 p = tmp;
3090 }
3091 p->next = NULL;
3092 return retval;
3093 }
3094
3095 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
3096
3097 bpstat
3098 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
3099 {
3100 if (bsp == NULL)
3101 return NULL;
3102
3103 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
3104 {
3105 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
3106 return bsp;
3107 }
3108 return NULL;
3109 }
3110
3111 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
3112 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
3113 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
3114 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
3115
3116 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
3117 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
3118 we set it.
3119 Return 1 otherwise. */
3120
3121 int
3122 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
3123 {
3124 struct breakpoint *b;
3125
3126 if ((*bsp) == NULL)
3127 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
3128
3129 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
3130 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
3131 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
3132 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
3133 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
3134 if (b == NULL)
3135 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
3136
3137 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
3138 return 1;
3139 }
3140
3141 /* Modify BS so that the actions will not be performed. */
3142
3143 void
3144 bpstat_clear_actions (bpstat bs)
3145 {
3146 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3147 {
3148 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
3149 bs->commands_left = NULL;
3150 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3151 {
3152 value_free (bs->old_val);
3153 bs->old_val = NULL;
3154 }
3155 }
3156 }
3157
3158 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
3159
3160 static void
3161 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
3162 {
3163 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
3164 {
3165 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
3166
3167 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
3168 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
3169 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
3170 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
3171 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
3172 return;
3173 }
3174
3175 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
3176 }
3177
3178 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
3179 command. */
3180 static void
3181 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
3182 {
3183 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
3184 }
3185
3186 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
3187 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
3188 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
3189 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
3190
3191 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
3192 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
3193 bpstat of the current thread. */
3194
3195 static int
3196 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
3197 {
3198 bpstat bs;
3199 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3200 int again = 0;
3201
3202 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
3203 in bs->commands. */
3204 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
3205 return 0;
3206
3207 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
3208 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
3209
3210 prevent_dont_repeat ();
3211
3212 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
3213 bs = *bsp;
3214
3215 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
3216 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3217 {
3218 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
3219 struct command_line *cmd;
3220 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
3221
3222 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
3223
3224 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
3225 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
3226 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
3227 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
3228 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
3229 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
3230 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
3231 the tree when we're done. */
3232 ccmd = bs->commands;
3233 bs->commands = NULL;
3234 this_cmd_tree_chain
3235 = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
3236 cmd = bs->commands_left;
3237 bs->commands_left = NULL;
3238
3239 while (cmd != NULL)
3240 {
3241 execute_control_command (cmd);
3242
3243 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
3244 break;
3245 else
3246 cmd = cmd->next;
3247 }
3248
3249 /* We can free this command tree now. */
3250 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
3251
3252 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
3253 {
3254 if (target_can_async_p ())
3255 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
3256 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
3257 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
3258 ;
3259 else
3260 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
3261 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
3262 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
3263 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
3264 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
3265 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
3266 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
3267 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
3268 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
3269 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
3270 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
3271 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
3272 with the new stop_bpstat. */
3273 again = 1;
3274 break;
3275 }
3276 }
3277 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3278 return again;
3279 }
3280
3281 void
3282 bpstat_do_actions (void)
3283 {
3284 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
3285 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
3286 && target_has_execution
3287 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
3288 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
3289 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
3290 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
3291 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
3292 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
3293 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
3294 break;
3295 }
3296
3297 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
3298
3299 static void
3300 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
3301 {
3302 if (val == NULL)
3303 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
3304 else
3305 {
3306 struct value_print_options opts;
3307 get_user_print_options (&opts);
3308 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
3309 }
3310 }
3311
3312 /* This is the normal print function for a bpstat. In the future,
3313 much of this logic could (should?) be moved to bpstat_stop_status,
3314 by having it set different print_it values.
3315
3316 Current scheme: When we stop, bpstat_print() is called. It loops
3317 through the bpstat list of things causing this stop, calling the
3318 print_bp_stop_message function on each one. The behavior of the
3319 print_bp_stop_message function depends on the print_it field of
3320 bpstat. If such field so indicates, call this function here.
3321
3322 Return values from this routine (ultimately used by bpstat_print()
3323 and normal_stop() to decide what to do):
3324 PRINT_NOTHING: Means we already printed all we needed to print,
3325 don't print anything else.
3326 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, and we do *not* desire
3327 that something to be followed by a location.
3328 PRINT_SCR_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and we *do* desire
3329 that something to be followed by a location.
3330 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing or we need to do some more
3331 analysis. */
3332
3333 static enum print_stop_action
3334 print_it_typical (bpstat bs)
3335 {
3336 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3337 struct breakpoint *b;
3338 const struct bp_location *bl;
3339 struct ui_stream *stb;
3340 int bp_temp = 0;
3341 enum print_stop_action result;
3342
3343 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
3344
3345 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
3346 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
3347
3348 stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
3349 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
3350
3351 switch (b->type)
3352 {
3353 case bp_breakpoint:
3354 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
3355 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
3356 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
3357 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
3358 bl->address,
3359 b->number, 1);
3360 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
3361 if (bp_temp)
3362 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
3363 else
3364 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
3365 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3366 {
3367 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
3368 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
3369 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
3370 }
3371 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
3372 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
3373 result = PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
3374 break;
3375
3376 case bp_shlib_event:
3377 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
3378 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
3379 to shlib event" message.) */
3380 printf_filtered (_("Stopped due to shared library event\n"));
3381 result = PRINT_NOTHING;
3382 break;
3383
3384 case bp_thread_event:
3385 /* Not sure how we will get here.
3386 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
3387 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
3388 result = PRINT_NOTHING;
3389 break;
3390
3391 case bp_overlay_event:
3392 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
3393 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
3394 result = PRINT_NOTHING;
3395 break;
3396
3397 case bp_longjmp_master:
3398 /* These should never be enabled. */
3399 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
3400 result = PRINT_NOTHING;
3401 break;
3402
3403 case bp_std_terminate_master:
3404 /* These should never be enabled. */
3405 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
3406 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
3407 result = PRINT_NOTHING;
3408 break;
3409
3410 case bp_exception_master:
3411 /* These should never be enabled. */
3412 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
3413 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
3414 result = PRINT_NOTHING;
3415 break;
3416
3417 case bp_watchpoint:
3418 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3419 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
3420 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3421 ui_out_field_string
3422 (uiout, "reason",
3423 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
3424 mention (b);
3425 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
3426 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
3427 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream);
3428 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
3429 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
3430 watchpoint_value_print (b->val, stb->stream);
3431 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
3432 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3433 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
3434 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3435 break;
3436
3437 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3438 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3439 ui_out_field_string
3440 (uiout, "reason",
3441 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
3442 mention (b);
3443 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
3444 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
3445 watchpoint_value_print (b->val, stb->stream);
3446 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
3447 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3448 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3449 break;
3450
3451 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3452 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3453 {
3454 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
3455 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3456 ui_out_field_string
3457 (uiout, "reason",
3458 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
3459 mention (b);
3460 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
3461 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
3462 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream);
3463 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
3464 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
3465 }
3466 else
3467 {
3468 mention (b);
3469 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3470 ui_out_field_string
3471 (uiout, "reason",
3472 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
3473 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
3474 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
3475 }
3476 watchpoint_value_print (b->val, stb->stream);
3477 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
3478 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3479 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3480 break;
3481
3482 /* Fall through, we don't deal with these types of breakpoints
3483 here. */
3484
3485 case bp_finish:
3486 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3487 ui_out_field_string
3488 (uiout, "reason",
3489 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
3490 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3491 break;
3492
3493 case bp_until:
3494 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3495 ui_out_field_string
3496 (uiout, "reason",
3497 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
3498 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3499 break;
3500
3501 case bp_none:
3502 case bp_longjmp:
3503 case bp_longjmp_resume:
3504 case bp_exception:
3505 case bp_exception_resume:
3506 case bp_step_resume:
3507 case bp_hp_step_resume:
3508 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3509 case bp_call_dummy:
3510 case bp_std_terminate:
3511 case bp_tracepoint:
3512 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
3513 case bp_jit_event:
3514 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
3515 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
3516 default:
3517 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3518 break;
3519 }
3520
3521 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3522 return result;
3523 }
3524
3525 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
3526 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
3527 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
3528 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
3529 normal_stop(). */
3530
3531 static enum print_stop_action
3532 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
3533 {
3534 switch (bs->print_it)
3535 {
3536 case print_it_noop:
3537 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
3538 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3539 break;
3540
3541 case print_it_done:
3542 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
3543 relevant messages. */
3544 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
3545 break;
3546
3547 case print_it_normal:
3548 {
3549 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
3550
3551 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
3552 which has since been deleted. */
3553 if (b == NULL)
3554 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3555
3556 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method, or
3557 print_it_typical. */
3558 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_it != NULL)
3559 return b->ops->print_it (b);
3560 else
3561 return print_it_typical (bs);
3562 }
3563 break;
3564
3565 default:
3566 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
3567 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
3568 break;
3569 }
3570 }
3571
3572 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
3573 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
3574 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. This
3575 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
3576 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
3577 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
3578 routine is one of:
3579
3580 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
3581 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
3582 code to print the location. An example is
3583 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
3584 the location.
3585 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
3586 to also print the location part of the message.
3587 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
3588 don't require a location appended to the end.
3589 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
3590 further info to be printed. */
3591
3592 enum print_stop_action
3593 bpstat_print (bpstat bs)
3594 {
3595 int val;
3596
3597 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
3598 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
3599 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
3600 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
3601 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
3602 {
3603 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
3604 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
3605 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
3606 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
3607 return val;
3608 }
3609
3610 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
3611 with and nothing was printed. */
3612 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3613 }
3614
3615 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
3616 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
3617 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
3618 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
3619
3620 static int
3621 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
3622 {
3623 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
3624 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
3625
3626 value_free_to_mark (mark);
3627 return i;
3628 }
3629
3630 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
3631
3632 static bpstat
3633 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
3634 {
3635 bpstat bs;
3636
3637 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
3638 bs->next = NULL;
3639 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
3640 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
3641 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
3642 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
3643 incref_bp_location (bl);
3644 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
3645 bs->commands = NULL;
3646 bs->commands_left = NULL;
3647 bs->old_val = NULL;
3648 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
3649 return bs;
3650 }
3651 \f
3652 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
3653 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
3654
3655 int
3656 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
3657 {
3658 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
3659 CORE_ADDR addr;
3660 struct breakpoint *b;
3661
3662 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
3663 {
3664 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
3665 as not triggered. */
3666 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3667 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
3668 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
3669
3670 return 0;
3671 }
3672
3673 if (!target_stopped_data_address (&current_target, &addr))
3674 {
3675 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
3676 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
3677 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3678 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
3679 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
3680
3681 return stopped_by_watchpoint;
3682 }
3683
3684 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
3685 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
3686 triggered. */
3687
3688 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3689 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
3690 {
3691 struct bp_location *loc;
3692
3693 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
3694 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3695 {
3696 if (is_masked_watchpoint (loc->owner))
3697 {
3698 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & loc->owner->hw_wp_mask;
3699 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & loc->owner->hw_wp_mask;
3700
3701 if (newaddr == start)
3702 {
3703 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
3704 break;
3705 }
3706 }
3707 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
3708 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (&current_target,
3709 addr, loc->address,
3710 loc->length))
3711 {
3712 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
3713 break;
3714 }
3715 }
3716 }
3717
3718 return 1;
3719 }
3720
3721 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
3722 because of check_errors). */
3723 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
3724 #define WP_DELETED 1
3725 /* The value has changed. */
3726 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
3727 /* The value has not changed. */
3728 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
3729 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
3730 #define WP_IGNORE 4
3731
3732 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
3733 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
3734
3735 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
3736 changed.
3737
3738 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
3739 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
3740
3741 static int
3742 watchpoint_check (void *p)
3743 {
3744 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
3745 struct breakpoint *b;
3746 struct frame_info *fr;
3747 int within_current_scope;
3748
3749 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
3750 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
3751 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
3752
3753 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (b));
3754
3755 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
3756 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
3757 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
3758 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
3759 return WP_IGNORE;
3760
3761 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
3762 within_current_scope = 1;
3763 else
3764 {
3765 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
3766 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
3767 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
3768
3769 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
3770 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
3771 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
3772 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
3773 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
3774 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
3775 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
3776 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
3777 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
3778 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
3779 return WP_IGNORE;
3780
3781 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
3782 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
3783
3784 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
3785 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
3786 if (within_current_scope)
3787 {
3788 struct symbol *function;
3789
3790 function = get_frame_function (fr);
3791 if (function == NULL
3792 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
3793 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
3794 within_current_scope = 0;
3795 }
3796
3797 if (within_current_scope)
3798 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
3799 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
3800 the user. */
3801 select_frame (fr);
3802 }
3803
3804 if (within_current_scope)
3805 {
3806 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
3807 time before we return to the command level and call
3808 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
3809 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
3810
3811 int pc = 0;
3812 struct value *mark;
3813 struct value *new_val;
3814
3815 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
3816 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
3817 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
3818 a mask watchpoint. */
3819 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
3820
3821 mark = value_mark ();
3822 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL);
3823
3824 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
3825 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
3826 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
3827 not what we want. */
3828 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
3829 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
3830 {
3831 if (new_val != NULL)
3832 {
3833 release_value (new_val);
3834 value_free_to_mark (mark);
3835 }
3836 bs->old_val = b->val;
3837 b->val = new_val;
3838 b->val_valid = 1;
3839 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
3840 }
3841 else
3842 {
3843 /* Nothing changed. */
3844 value_free_to_mark (mark);
3845 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
3846 }
3847 }
3848 else
3849 {
3850 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
3851 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
3852 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
3853 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
3854 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
3855 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
3856 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
3857 the first value assigned). */
3858 /* We print all the stop information in print_it_typical(), but
3859 in this case, by the time we call print_it_typical() this bp
3860 will be deleted already. So we have no choice but print the
3861 information here. */
3862 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3863 ui_out_field_string
3864 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
3865 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
3866 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->number);
3867 ui_out_text (uiout,
3868 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
3869 which its expression is valid.\n");
3870
3871 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
3872 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
3873 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
3874
3875 return WP_DELETED;
3876 }
3877 }
3878
3879 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
3880 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we
3881 should stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
3882 static int
3883 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
3884 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
3885 {
3886 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
3887
3888 /* BL is from existing struct breakpoint. */
3889 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
3890
3891 if (b->ops && b->ops->breakpoint_hit)
3892 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr);
3893
3894 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
3895 tracepoints. */
3896 if (is_tracepoint (b))
3897 return 0;
3898
3899 if (!is_watchpoint (b)
3900 && b->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint
3901 && b->type != bp_catchpoint) /* a non-watchpoint bp */
3902 {
3903 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
3904 aspace, bp_addr))
3905 return 0;
3906 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
3907 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3908 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3909 return 0;
3910 }
3911
3912 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
3913 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
3914 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
3915 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
3916 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
3917 (did not match the data address). */
3918
3919 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
3920 && b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
3921 return 0;
3922
3923 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
3924 {
3925 if (bl->address != bp_addr)
3926 return 0;
3927 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
3928 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3929 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3930 return 0;
3931 }
3932
3933 return 1;
3934 }
3935
3936 /* If BS refers to a watchpoint, determine if the watched values
3937 has actually changed, and we should stop. If not, set BS->stop
3938 to 0. */
3939 static void
3940 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
3941 {
3942 const struct bp_location *bl;
3943 struct breakpoint *b;
3944
3945 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
3946 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
3947 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
3948 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
3949 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
3950
3951 if (is_watchpoint (b))
3952 {
3953 int must_check_value = 0;
3954
3955 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint)
3956 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
3957 watched value. */
3958 must_check_value = 1;
3959 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
3960 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
3961 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
3962 this watchpoint. */
3963 must_check_value = 1;
3964 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
3965 && b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
3966 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
3967 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
3968 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
3969 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
3970 must_check_value = 1;
3971
3972 if (must_check_value)
3973 {
3974 char *message
3975 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
3976 b->number);
3977 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
3978 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
3979 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
3980 do_cleanups (cleanups);
3981 switch (e)
3982 {
3983 case WP_DELETED:
3984 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3985 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
3986 /* Stop. */
3987 break;
3988 case WP_IGNORE:
3989 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3990 bs->stop = 0;
3991 break;
3992 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
3993 if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
3994 {
3995 /* There are two cases to consider here:
3996
3997 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
3998 In that case, trust the target, and always report
3999 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
4000 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
4001 have changed since the last time it was read, and
4002 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
4003 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
4004 old value.
4005
4006 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
4007 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
4008 happen:
4009
4010 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
4011 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
4012 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
4013 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
4014
4015 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
4016 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
4017 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
4018 watchpoint.
4019
4020 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
4021 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
4022 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
4023 changes. This still gives false positives when
4024 the program writes the same value to memory as
4025 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
4026 it for a read), but it's much better than
4027 nothing. */
4028
4029 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
4030
4031 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
4032 {
4033 struct breakpoint *other_b;
4034
4035 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
4036 if ((other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4037 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
4038 && (other_b->watchpoint_triggered
4039 == watch_triggered_yes))
4040 {
4041 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
4042 break;
4043 }
4044 }
4045
4046 if (other_write_watchpoint
4047 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
4048 {
4049 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
4050 and the value changed since the last time we
4051 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
4052 Ignore it. */
4053 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4054 bs->stop = 0;
4055 }
4056 }
4057 break;
4058 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
4059 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4060 || b->type == bp_watchpoint)
4061 {
4062 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
4063 the value hasn't changed. */
4064 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4065 bs->stop = 0;
4066 }
4067 /* Stop. */
4068 break;
4069 default:
4070 /* Can't happen. */
4071 case 0:
4072 /* Error from catch_errors. */
4073 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->number);
4074 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
4075 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4076 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
4077 break;
4078 }
4079 }
4080 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
4081 {
4082 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
4083 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
4084 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
4085 anything for this watchpoint. */
4086 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4087 bs->stop = 0;
4088 }
4089 }
4090 }
4091
4092
4093 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
4094 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
4095 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
4096
4097 static void
4098 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
4099 {
4100 int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
4101 const struct bp_location *bl;
4102 struct breakpoint *b;
4103
4104 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4105 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
4106 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
4107 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4108 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4109
4110 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
4111 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
4112 bs->stop = 0;
4113 else if (bs->stop)
4114 {
4115 int value_is_zero = 0;
4116 struct expression *cond;
4117
4118 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
4119 method implemented. */
4120 if (b->py_bp_object)
4121 bs->stop = gdbpy_should_stop (b->py_bp_object);
4122
4123 if (is_watchpoint (b))
4124 cond = b->cond_exp;
4125 else
4126 cond = bl->cond;
4127
4128 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
4129 {
4130 int within_current_scope = 1;
4131
4132 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
4133 be a long time before we return to the command level and
4134 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
4135 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
4136 function call. */
4137 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4138
4139 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
4140 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
4141 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
4142 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
4143 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
4144 call site. */
4145 if (!is_watchpoint (b) || b->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
4146 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
4147 else
4148 {
4149 struct frame_info *frame;
4150
4151 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
4152 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
4153 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
4154 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
4155 really matter which instantiation of the function
4156 where the condition makes sense triggers the
4157 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
4158 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
4159 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
4160 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
4161 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
4162 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
4163 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
4164 intuitive. */
4165 frame = block_innermost_frame (b->cond_exp_valid_block);
4166 if (frame != NULL)
4167 select_frame (frame);
4168 else
4169 within_current_scope = 0;
4170 }
4171 if (within_current_scope)
4172 value_is_zero
4173 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
4174 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
4175 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
4176 else
4177 {
4178 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
4179 "in the current scope"));
4180 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
4181 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
4182 value_is_zero = 0;
4183 }
4184 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
4185 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4186 }
4187
4188 if (cond && value_is_zero)
4189 {
4190 bs->stop = 0;
4191 }
4192 else if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id)
4193 {
4194 bs->stop = 0;
4195 }
4196 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
4197 {
4198 b->ignore_count--;
4199 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
4200 bs->stop = 0;
4201 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
4202 ++(b->hit_count);
4203 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
4204 }
4205 }
4206 }
4207
4208
4209 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
4210 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
4211
4212 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
4213 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
4214 that:
4215
4216 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
4217
4218 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
4219
4220 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
4221 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
4222 several reasons concurrently.)
4223
4224 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
4225 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
4226
4227 bpstat
4228 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
4229 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid)
4230 {
4231 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
4232 struct bp_location *bl;
4233 struct bp_location *loc;
4234 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
4235 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
4236 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
4237 bpstat bs;
4238 int ix;
4239 int need_remove_insert;
4240 int removed_any;
4241
4242 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
4243 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
4244 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
4245 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
4246 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
4247 inferior function calls. */
4248
4249 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4250 {
4251 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4252 continue;
4253
4254 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
4255 {
4256 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
4257 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
4258 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
4259 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
4260 checked all locations already. */
4261 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
4262 break;
4263
4264 if (bl->shlib_disabled)
4265 continue;
4266
4267 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr))
4268 continue;
4269
4270 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
4271 matches. */
4272
4273 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
4274 explain stop. */
4275
4276 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
4277 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
4278 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
4279 bs->stop = 1;
4280 bs->print = 1;
4281
4282 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
4283 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
4284 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
4285 iteration. */
4286 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
4287 b->related_breakpoint->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4288 }
4289 }
4290
4291 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
4292 {
4293 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr))
4294 {
4295 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
4296 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
4297 bs->stop = 0;
4298 bs->print = 0;
4299 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4300 }
4301 }
4302
4303 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
4304 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
4305 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
4306
4307 removed_any = 0;
4308
4309 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4310 {
4311 if (!bs->stop)
4312 continue;
4313
4314 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
4315 if (!bs->stop)
4316 continue;
4317
4318 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4319
4320 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
4321 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master
4322 || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
4323 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
4324 /* We do not stop for these. */
4325 bs->stop = 0;
4326 else
4327 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
4328
4329 if (bs->stop)
4330 {
4331 ++(b->hit_count);
4332 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
4333
4334 /* We will stop here. */
4335 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
4336 {
4337 if (b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4338 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
4339 removed_any = 1;
4340 }
4341 if (b->silent)
4342 bs->print = 0;
4343 bs->commands = b->commands;
4344 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
4345 bs->commands_left = bs->commands ? bs->commands->commands : NULL;
4346 if (bs->commands_left
4347 && (strcmp ("silent", bs->commands_left->line) == 0
4348 || (xdb_commands
4349 && strcmp ("Q",
4350 bs->commands_left->line) == 0)))
4351 {
4352 bs->commands_left = bs->commands_left->next;
4353 bs->print = 0;
4354 }
4355 }
4356
4357 /* Print nothing for this entry if we dont stop or dont print. */
4358 if (bs->stop == 0 || bs->print == 0)
4359 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4360 }
4361
4362 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
4363 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
4364 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
4365 done later. */
4366 need_remove_insert = 0;
4367 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
4368 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4369 if (!bs->stop
4370 && bs->breakpoint_at
4371 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
4372 {
4373 update_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
4374 need_remove_insert = 1;
4375 }
4376
4377 if (need_remove_insert)
4378 update_global_location_list (1);
4379 else if (removed_any)
4380 update_global_location_list (0);
4381
4382 return bs_head;
4383 }
4384
4385 static void
4386 handle_jit_event (void)
4387 {
4388 struct frame_info *frame;
4389 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
4390
4391 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
4392 breakpoint_re_set. */
4393 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4394
4395 frame = get_current_frame ();
4396 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4397
4398 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
4399
4400 target_terminal_inferior ();
4401 }
4402
4403 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
4404
4405 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
4406
4407 struct bpstat_what
4408 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
4409 {
4410 struct bpstat_what retval;
4411 /* We need to defer calling `solib_add', as adding new symbols
4412 resets breakpoints, which in turn deletes breakpoint locations,
4413 and hence may clear unprocessed entries in the BS chain. */
4414 int shlib_event = 0;
4415 int jit_event = 0;
4416 bpstat bs;
4417
4418 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
4419 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
4420 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
4421
4422 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4423 {
4424 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
4425 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
4426 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
4427 enum bptype bptype;
4428
4429 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
4430 {
4431 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
4432 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
4433 bptype = bp_none;
4434 }
4435 else if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
4436 bptype = bp_none;
4437 else
4438 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
4439
4440 switch (bptype)
4441 {
4442 case bp_none:
4443 break;
4444 case bp_breakpoint:
4445 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
4446 case bp_until:
4447 case bp_finish:
4448 if (bs->stop)
4449 {
4450 if (bs->print)
4451 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4452 else
4453 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4454 }
4455 else
4456 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4457 break;
4458 case bp_watchpoint:
4459 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4460 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4461 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4462 if (bs->stop)
4463 {
4464 if (bs->print)
4465 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4466 else
4467 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4468 }
4469 else
4470 {
4471 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4472 This requires no further action. */
4473 }
4474 break;
4475 case bp_longjmp:
4476 case bp_exception:
4477 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
4478 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp;
4479 break;
4480 case bp_longjmp_resume:
4481 case bp_exception_resume:
4482 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
4483 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
4484 break;
4485 case bp_step_resume:
4486 if (bs->stop)
4487 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
4488 else
4489 {
4490 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
4491 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4492 }
4493 break;
4494 case bp_hp_step_resume:
4495 if (bs->stop)
4496 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
4497 else
4498 {
4499 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
4500 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4501 }
4502 break;
4503 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4504 case bp_thread_event:
4505 case bp_overlay_event:
4506 case bp_longjmp_master:
4507 case bp_std_terminate_master:
4508 case bp_exception_master:
4509 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4510 break;
4511 case bp_catchpoint:
4512 if (bs->stop)
4513 {
4514 if (bs->print)
4515 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4516 else
4517 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4518 }
4519 else
4520 {
4521 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4522 This requires no further action. */
4523 }
4524 break;
4525 case bp_shlib_event:
4526 shlib_event = 1;
4527
4528 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB
4529 of events. This allows the user to get control and place
4530 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically
4531 loaded objects (among other things). */
4532 if (stop_on_solib_events)
4533 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4534 else
4535 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4536 break;
4537 case bp_jit_event:
4538 jit_event = 1;
4539 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4540 break;
4541 case bp_call_dummy:
4542 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
4543 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
4544 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
4545 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4546 break;
4547 case bp_std_terminate:
4548 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
4549 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
4550 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
4551 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4552 break;
4553 case bp_tracepoint:
4554 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
4555 case bp_static_tracepoint:
4556 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
4557 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
4558 out already. */
4559 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4560 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
4561 break;
4562 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
4563 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
4564 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4565 break;
4566 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
4567 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
4568 PC of the former breakpoint. */
4569 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
4570 break;
4571 default:
4572 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4573 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
4574 }
4575
4576 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
4577 }
4578
4579 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
4580 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
4581
4582 if (shlib_event)
4583 {
4584 if (debug_infrun)
4585 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_shlib_event\n");
4586
4587 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed
4588 to be adding them automatically. */
4589
4590 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
4591 breakpoint_re_set. */
4592 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4593
4594 #ifdef SOLIB_ADD
4595 SOLIB_ADD (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
4596 #else
4597 solib_add (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
4598 #endif
4599
4600 target_terminal_inferior ();
4601 }
4602
4603 if (jit_event)
4604 {
4605 if (debug_infrun)
4606 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
4607
4608 handle_jit_event ();
4609 }
4610
4611 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4612 {
4613 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4614
4615 if (b == NULL)
4616 continue;
4617 switch (b->type)
4618 {
4619 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
4620 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
4621 break;
4622 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
4623 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
4624 break;
4625 }
4626 }
4627
4628 return retval;
4629 }
4630
4631 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
4632 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
4633 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
4634
4635 int
4636 bpstat_should_step (void)
4637 {
4638 struct breakpoint *b;
4639
4640 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4641 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
4642 return 1;
4643 return 0;
4644 }
4645
4646 int
4647 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
4648 {
4649 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4650 if (bs->stop)
4651 return 1;
4652
4653 return 0;
4654 }
4655
4656 \f
4657
4658 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
4659 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
4660 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
4661
4662 static char *
4663 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
4664 {
4665 static char wrap_indent[80];
4666 int i, total_width, width, align;
4667 char *text;
4668
4669 total_width = 0;
4670 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
4671 {
4672 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
4673 {
4674 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
4675 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
4676 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
4677
4678 return wrap_indent;
4679 }
4680
4681 total_width += width + 1;
4682 }
4683
4684 return NULL;
4685 }
4686
4687 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
4688
4689 static void
4690 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
4691 struct bp_location *loc)
4692 {
4693 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
4694
4695 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
4696 loc = NULL;
4697
4698 if (loc != NULL)
4699 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
4700
4701 if (b->display_canonical)
4702 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->addr_string);
4703 else if (b->source_file && loc)
4704 {
4705 struct symbol *sym
4706 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
4707 if (sym)
4708 {
4709 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
4710 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
4711 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
4712 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
4713 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
4714 ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
4715 }
4716 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", b->source_file);
4717 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
4718
4719 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4720 {
4721 struct symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_line (loc->address, 0);
4722 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab);
4723
4724 if (fullname)
4725 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
4726 }
4727
4728 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", b->line_number);
4729 }
4730 else if (loc)
4731 {
4732 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
4733 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
4734
4735 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb->stream,
4736 demangle, "");
4737 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
4738
4739 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
4740 }
4741 else
4742 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
4743
4744 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4745 }
4746
4747 static const char *
4748 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
4749 {
4750 struct ep_type_description
4751 {
4752 enum bptype type;
4753 char *description;
4754 };
4755 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
4756 {
4757 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
4758 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
4759 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
4760 {bp_until, "until"},
4761 {bp_finish, "finish"},
4762 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
4763 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
4764 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
4765 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
4766 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
4767 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
4768 {bp_exception, "exception"},
4769 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
4770 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
4771 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
4772 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
4773 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
4774 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
4775 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
4776 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
4777 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
4778 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
4779 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
4780 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
4781 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
4782 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
4783 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
4784 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
4785 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
4786 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
4787 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
4788 };
4789
4790 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
4791 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
4792 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4793 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
4794 (int) type);
4795
4796 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
4797 }
4798
4799 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
4800
4801 static void
4802 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
4803 struct bp_location *loc,
4804 int loc_number,
4805 struct bp_location **last_loc,
4806 int allflag)
4807 {
4808 struct command_line *l;
4809 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
4810
4811 int header_of_multiple = 0;
4812 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
4813 struct value_print_options opts;
4814
4815 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4816
4817 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
4818 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
4819 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
4820 if (loc == NULL
4821 && (b->loc != NULL
4822 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
4823 header_of_multiple = 1;
4824 if (loc == NULL)
4825 loc = b->loc;
4826
4827 annotate_record ();
4828
4829 /* 1 */
4830 annotate_field (0);
4831 if (part_of_multiple)
4832 {
4833 char *formatted;
4834 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
4835 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
4836 xfree (formatted);
4837 }
4838 else
4839 {
4840 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
4841 }
4842
4843 /* 2 */
4844 annotate_field (1);
4845 if (part_of_multiple)
4846 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
4847 else
4848 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
4849
4850 /* 3 */
4851 annotate_field (2);
4852 if (part_of_multiple)
4853 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
4854 else
4855 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
4856
4857
4858 /* 4 */
4859 annotate_field (3);
4860 if (part_of_multiple)
4861 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
4862 else
4863 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
4864 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
4865 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
4866
4867
4868 /* 5 and 6 */
4869 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
4870 {
4871 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
4872 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
4873 make sure there's just one location. */
4874 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
4875 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
4876 }
4877 else
4878 switch (b->type)
4879 {
4880 case bp_none:
4881 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4882 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
4883 break;
4884
4885 case bp_watchpoint:
4886 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4887 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4888 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4889 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
4890 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
4891 is relatively readable). */
4892 if (opts.addressprint)
4893 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
4894 annotate_field (5);
4895 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exp_string);
4896 break;
4897
4898 case bp_breakpoint:
4899 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
4900 case bp_until:
4901 case bp_finish:
4902 case bp_longjmp:
4903 case bp_longjmp_resume:
4904 case bp_exception:
4905 case bp_exception_resume:
4906 case bp_step_resume:
4907 case bp_hp_step_resume:
4908 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4909 case bp_call_dummy:
4910 case bp_std_terminate:
4911 case bp_shlib_event:
4912 case bp_thread_event:
4913 case bp_overlay_event:
4914 case bp_longjmp_master:
4915 case bp_std_terminate_master:
4916 case bp_exception_master:
4917 case bp_tracepoint:
4918 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
4919 case bp_static_tracepoint:
4920 case bp_jit_event:
4921 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
4922 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
4923 if (opts.addressprint)
4924 {
4925 annotate_field (4);
4926 if (header_of_multiple)
4927 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
4928 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
4929 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
4930 else
4931 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
4932 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
4933 }
4934 annotate_field (5);
4935 if (!header_of_multiple)
4936 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
4937 if (b->loc)
4938 *last_loc = b->loc;
4939 break;
4940 }
4941
4942
4943 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there
4944 are several. */
4945 if (loc != NULL
4946 && !header_of_multiple
4947 && (allflag
4948 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
4949 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
4950 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
4951 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
4952 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
4953 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint)))
4954 {
4955 struct inferior *inf;
4956 int first = 1;
4957
4958 for (inf = inferior_list; inf != NULL; inf = inf->next)
4959 {
4960 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
4961 {
4962 if (first)
4963 {
4964 first = 0;
4965 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
4966 }
4967 else
4968 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
4969 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf->num));
4970 }
4971 }
4972 }
4973
4974 if (!part_of_multiple)
4975 {
4976 if (b->thread != -1)
4977 {
4978 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
4979 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
4980 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
4981 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
4982 }
4983 else if (b->task != 0)
4984 {
4985 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
4986 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
4987 }
4988 }
4989
4990 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
4991
4992 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ops && b->ops->print_one_detail)
4993 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
4994
4995 if (!part_of_multiple && b->static_trace_marker_id)
4996 {
4997 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
4998
4999 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
5000 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
5001 b->static_trace_marker_id);
5002 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
5003 }
5004
5005 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
5006 {
5007 annotate_field (6);
5008 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
5009 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poeking around inside
5010 the frame ID. */
5011 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
5012 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
5013 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
5014 }
5015
5016 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string && !ada_exception_catchpoint_p (b))
5017 {
5018 /* We do not print the condition for Ada exception catchpoints
5019 because the condition is an internal implementation detail
5020 that we do not want to expose to the user. */
5021 annotate_field (7);
5022 if (is_tracepoint (b))
5023 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
5024 else
5025 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
5026 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
5027 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
5028 }
5029
5030 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
5031 {
5032 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
5033 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
5034 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
5035 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
5036 }
5037
5038 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count)
5039 {
5040 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
5041 if (ep_is_catchpoint (b))
5042 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
5043 else
5044 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
5045 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
5046 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
5047 if (b->hit_count == 1)
5048 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
5049 else
5050 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
5051 }
5052
5053 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi.
5054 FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
5055 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5056 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count == 0)
5057 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
5058
5059 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
5060 {
5061 annotate_field (8);
5062 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
5063 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
5064 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
5065 }
5066
5067 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
5068 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
5069 {
5070 struct cleanup *script_chain;
5071
5072 annotate_field (9);
5073 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
5074 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
5075 do_cleanups (script_chain);
5076 }
5077
5078 if (!part_of_multiple && b->pass_count)
5079 {
5080 annotate_field (10);
5081 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
5082 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", b->pass_count);
5083 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
5084 }
5085
5086 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
5087 {
5088 if (b->addr_string)
5089 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
5090 else if (b->exp_string)
5091 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->exp_string);
5092 }
5093 }
5094
5095 static void
5096 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
5097 struct bp_location **last_loc,
5098 int allflag)
5099 {
5100 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
5101
5102 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
5103
5104 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
5105 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
5106
5107 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
5108 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
5109 locations, if any. */
5110 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
5111 {
5112 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
5113 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
5114 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
5115 situation.
5116
5117 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
5118 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
5119 if (b->loc
5120 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
5121 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
5122 {
5123 struct bp_location *loc;
5124 int n = 1;
5125
5126 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
5127 {
5128 struct cleanup *inner2 =
5129 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
5130 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
5131 do_cleanups (inner2);
5132 }
5133 }
5134 }
5135 }
5136
5137 static int
5138 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
5139 {
5140 int print_address_bits = 0;
5141 struct bp_location *loc;
5142
5143 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
5144 {
5145 int addr_bit;
5146
5147 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
5148 an address to print. */
5149 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1)
5150 continue;
5151
5152 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
5153 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
5154 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
5155 }
5156
5157 return print_address_bits;
5158 }
5159
5160 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
5161 {
5162 int bnum;
5163 };
5164
5165 static int
5166 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
5167 {
5168 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
5169 struct breakpoint *b;
5170 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
5171
5172 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5173 {
5174 if (args->bnum == b->number)
5175 {
5176 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
5177 return GDB_RC_OK;
5178 }
5179 }
5180 return GDB_RC_NONE;
5181 }
5182
5183 enum gdb_rc
5184 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
5185 char **error_message)
5186 {
5187 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
5188
5189 args.bnum = bnum;
5190 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
5191 an error. */
5192 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
5193 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
5194 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
5195 else
5196 return GDB_RC_OK;
5197 }
5198
5199 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
5200 internal or momentary. */
5201
5202 int
5203 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
5204 {
5205 return b->number > 0;
5206 }
5207
5208 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
5209 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
5210 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
5211 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
5212 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
5213 breakpoints listed. */
5214
5215 static int
5216 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
5217 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
5218 {
5219 struct breakpoint *b;
5220 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
5221 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
5222 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
5223 struct value_print_options opts;
5224 int print_address_bits = 0;
5225 int print_type_col_width = 14;
5226
5227 get_user_print_options (&opts);
5228
5229 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
5230 required for address fields. */
5231 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
5232 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5233 {
5234 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
5235 if (filter && !filter (b))
5236 continue;
5237
5238 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
5239 accept. Skip the others. */
5240 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
5241 {
5242 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
5243 continue;
5244 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
5245 continue;
5246 }
5247
5248 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
5249 {
5250 int addr_bit, type_len;
5251
5252 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
5253 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
5254 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
5255
5256 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
5257 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
5258 print_type_col_width = type_len;
5259
5260 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
5261 }
5262 }
5263
5264 if (opts.addressprint)
5265 bkpttbl_chain
5266 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
5267 nr_printable_breakpoints,
5268 "BreakpointTable");
5269 else
5270 bkpttbl_chain
5271 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
5272 nr_printable_breakpoints,
5273 "BreakpointTable");
5274
5275 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5276 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
5277 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5278 annotate_field (0);
5279 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
5280 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5281 annotate_field (1);
5282 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
5283 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
5284 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5285 annotate_field (2);
5286 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
5287 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5288 annotate_field (3);
5289 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
5290 if (opts.addressprint)
5291 {
5292 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5293 annotate_field (4);
5294 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
5295 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
5296 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
5297 else
5298 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
5299 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
5300 }
5301 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5302 annotate_field (5);
5303 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
5304 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
5305 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5306 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
5307
5308 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5309 {
5310 QUIT;
5311 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
5312 if (filter && !filter (b))
5313 continue;
5314
5315 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
5316 accept. Skip the others. */
5317
5318 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
5319 {
5320 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
5321 {
5322 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
5323 continue;
5324 }
5325 else /* all others */
5326 {
5327 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
5328 continue;
5329 }
5330 }
5331 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
5332 allflag is set. */
5333 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
5334 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
5335 }
5336
5337 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
5338
5339 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
5340 {
5341 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
5342 empty list. */
5343 if (!filter)
5344 {
5345 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
5346 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
5347 else
5348 ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
5349 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
5350 args);
5351 }
5352 }
5353 else
5354 {
5355 if (last_loc && !server_command)
5356 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
5357 }
5358
5359 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
5360 there have been breakpoints? */
5361 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
5362
5363 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
5364 }
5365
5366 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
5367 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
5368
5369 static void
5370 default_collect_info (void)
5371 {
5372 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
5373 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
5374 not wanted. */
5375 if (!*default_collect)
5376 return;
5377
5378 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
5379 actions. */
5380 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
5381 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
5382 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
5383 }
5384
5385 static void
5386 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
5387 {
5388 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
5389
5390 default_collect_info ();
5391 }
5392
5393 static void
5394 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
5395 {
5396 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
5397
5398 if (num_printed == 0)
5399 {
5400 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
5401 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
5402 else
5403 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
5404 }
5405 }
5406
5407 static void
5408 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
5409 {
5410 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
5411
5412 default_collect_info ();
5413 }
5414
5415 static int
5416 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
5417 struct program_space *pspace,
5418 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
5419 {
5420 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
5421
5422 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
5423 {
5424 if (bl->pspace == pspace
5425 && bl->address == pc
5426 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
5427 return 1;
5428 }
5429 return 0;
5430 }
5431
5432 /* Print a message describing any breakpoints set at PC. This
5433 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
5434 address spaces. */
5435
5436 static void
5437 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5438 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
5439 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
5440 {
5441 int others = 0;
5442 struct breakpoint *b;
5443
5444 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5445 others += breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section);
5446 if (others > 0)
5447 {
5448 if (others == 1)
5449 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
5450 else /* if (others == ???) */
5451 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
5452 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5453 if (breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
5454 {
5455 others--;
5456 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
5457 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
5458 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
5459 else if (b->thread != -1)
5460 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
5461 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
5462 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
5463 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled
5464 || b->enable_state == bp_startup_disabled)
5465 ? " (disabled)"
5466 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
5467 ? " (permanent)"
5468 : ""),
5469 (others > 1) ? ","
5470 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
5471 }
5472 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
5473 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
5474 printf_filtered (".\n");
5475 }
5476 }
5477 \f
5478 /* Set the default place to put a breakpoint
5479 for the `break' command with no arguments. */
5480
5481 void
5482 set_default_breakpoint (int valid, struct program_space *pspace,
5483 CORE_ADDR addr, struct symtab *symtab,
5484 int line)
5485 {
5486 default_breakpoint_valid = valid;
5487 default_breakpoint_pspace = pspace;
5488 default_breakpoint_address = addr;
5489 default_breakpoint_symtab = symtab;
5490 default_breakpoint_line = line;
5491 }
5492
5493 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
5494 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
5495 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
5496 (or use it for any other purpose either).
5497
5498 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
5499 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
5500 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
5501 breakpoint at address zero:
5502
5503 bp_watchpoint
5504 bp_catchpoint
5505
5506 */
5507
5508 static int
5509 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
5510 {
5511 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
5512
5513 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
5514 }
5515
5516 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
5517 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
5518
5519 static int
5520 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
5521 struct bp_location *loc2)
5522 {
5523 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
5524 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
5525 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
5526
5527 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
5528 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
5529 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
5530 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
5531 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
5532 other watchpoint. */
5533 if ((loc1->owner->cond_exp
5534 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
5535 loc1->length,
5536 loc1->watchpoint_type,
5537 loc1->owner->cond_exp))
5538 || (loc2->owner->cond_exp
5539 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
5540 loc2->length,
5541 loc2->watchpoint_type,
5542 loc2->owner->cond_exp)))
5543 return 0;
5544
5545 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
5546 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
5547 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
5548 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
5549 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
5550 become hw_access locations later. */
5551 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
5552 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
5553 && loc1->address == loc2->address
5554 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
5555 }
5556
5557 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
5558 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
5559 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
5560 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
5561
5562 static int
5563 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
5564 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
5565 {
5566 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
5567 || aspace1 == aspace2)
5568 && addr1 == addr2);
5569 }
5570
5571 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
5572 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
5573 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
5574 space doesn't really matter. */
5575
5576 static int
5577 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
5578 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
5579 CORE_ADDR addr2)
5580 {
5581 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
5582 || aspace1 == aspace2)
5583 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
5584 }
5585
5586 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
5587 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
5588 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
5589 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
5590
5591 static int
5592 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
5593 struct address_space *aspace,
5594 CORE_ADDR addr)
5595 {
5596 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
5597 aspace, addr)
5598 || (bl->length
5599 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
5600 bl->address, bl->length,
5601 aspace, addr)));
5602 }
5603
5604 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
5605 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
5606 represent the same location. */
5607
5608 static int
5609 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
5610 struct bp_location *loc2)
5611 {
5612 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
5613
5614 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
5615 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
5616 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
5617
5618 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
5619 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
5620
5621 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
5622 return 0;
5623 else if (hw_point1)
5624 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
5625 else
5626 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
5627 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
5628 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
5629 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
5630 }
5631
5632 static void
5633 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
5634 int bnum, int have_bnum)
5635 {
5636 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
5637 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
5638 char astr1[64];
5639 char astr2[64];
5640
5641 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
5642 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
5643 if (have_bnum)
5644 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
5645 bnum, astr1, astr2);
5646 else
5647 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
5648 }
5649
5650 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
5651 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
5652 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
5653 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
5654
5655 static CORE_ADDR
5656 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5657 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
5658 {
5659 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
5660 {
5661 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
5662 return bpaddr;
5663 }
5664 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
5665 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5666 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
5667 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
5668 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
5669 {
5670 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
5671 have their addresses modified. */
5672 return bpaddr;
5673 }
5674 else
5675 {
5676 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
5677
5678 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
5679 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
5680 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
5681
5682 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
5683 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
5684 is required. */
5685 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
5686 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
5687
5688 return adjusted_bpaddr;
5689 }
5690 }
5691
5692 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
5693
5694 static struct bp_location *
5695 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
5696 {
5697 struct bp_location *loc;
5698
5699 loc = xmalloc (sizeof (struct bp_location));
5700 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
5701
5702 loc->owner = bpt;
5703 loc->cond = NULL;
5704 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
5705 loc->enabled = 1;
5706
5707 switch (bpt->type)
5708 {
5709 case bp_breakpoint:
5710 case bp_until:
5711 case bp_finish:
5712 case bp_longjmp:
5713 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5714 case bp_exception:
5715 case bp_exception_resume:
5716 case bp_step_resume:
5717 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5718 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5719 case bp_call_dummy:
5720 case bp_std_terminate:
5721 case bp_shlib_event:
5722 case bp_thread_event:
5723 case bp_overlay_event:
5724 case bp_jit_event:
5725 case bp_longjmp_master:
5726 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5727 case bp_exception_master:
5728 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5729 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5730 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
5731 break;
5732 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5733 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
5734 break;
5735 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5736 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5737 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5738 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
5739 break;
5740 case bp_watchpoint:
5741 case bp_catchpoint:
5742 case bp_tracepoint:
5743 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5744 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5745 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
5746 break;
5747 default:
5748 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
5749 }
5750
5751 loc->refc = 1;
5752 return loc;
5753 }
5754
5755 static void
5756 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
5757 {
5758 if (loc->cond)
5759 xfree (loc->cond);
5760
5761 if (loc->function_name)
5762 xfree (loc->function_name);
5763
5764 xfree (loc);
5765 }
5766
5767 /* Increment reference count. */
5768
5769 static void
5770 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
5771 {
5772 ++bl->refc;
5773 }
5774
5775 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
5776 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
5777
5778 static void
5779 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
5780 {
5781 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
5782
5783 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
5784 free_bp_location (*blp);
5785 *blp = NULL;
5786 }
5787
5788 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
5789
5790 static void
5791 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint *b)
5792 {
5793 struct breakpoint *b1;
5794
5795 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
5796 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
5797
5798 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
5799 if (b1 == 0)
5800 breakpoint_chain = b;
5801 else
5802 {
5803 while (b1->next)
5804 b1 = b1->next;
5805 b1->next = b;
5806 }
5807 }
5808
5809 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
5810
5811 static void
5812 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5813 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5814 enum bptype bptype)
5815 {
5816 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
5817
5818 b->type = bptype;
5819 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
5820 b->language = current_language->la_language;
5821 b->input_radix = input_radix;
5822 b->thread = -1;
5823 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
5824 b->next = 0;
5825 b->silent = 0;
5826 b->ignore_count = 0;
5827 b->commands = NULL;
5828 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
5829 b->ops = NULL;
5830 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
5831 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
5832 b->related_breakpoint = b;
5833
5834 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
5835 }
5836
5837 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
5838 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
5839 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
5840 static. */
5841
5842 static struct breakpoint *
5843 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5844 enum bptype bptype)
5845 {
5846 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
5847
5848 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype);
5849
5850 return b;
5851 }
5852
5853 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
5854 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
5855 enough. */
5856
5857 static void
5858 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
5859 {
5860 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
5861
5862 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
5863 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
5864 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
5865 {
5866 int is_gnu_ifunc;
5867
5868 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &loc->function_name,
5869 NULL, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
5870
5871 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
5872 {
5873 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
5874
5875 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
5876 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (loc->function_name,
5877 &loc->requested_address))
5878 {
5879 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
5880 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
5881 loc->requested_address,
5882 b->type);
5883 }
5884 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
5885 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
5886 {
5887 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
5888 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
5889 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
5890 }
5891 }
5892
5893 if (loc->function_name)
5894 loc->function_name = xstrdup (loc->function_name);
5895 }
5896 }
5897
5898 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
5899 static struct gdbarch *
5900 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
5901 {
5902 if (sal.section)
5903 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
5904 if (sal.symtab)
5905 return get_objfile_arch (sal.symtab->objfile);
5906
5907 return NULL;
5908 }
5909
5910 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
5911 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
5912 file name, and line number are provided by SAL. The newly created
5913 and partially initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint
5914 chain.
5915
5916 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
5917 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
5918 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
5919 particular, init_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint number!
5920 Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur prior to
5921 completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this should
5922 happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
5923
5924 static void
5925 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5926 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype)
5927 {
5928 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
5929 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch;
5930
5931 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype);
5932
5933 loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
5934 if (!loc_gdbarch)
5935 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
5936
5937 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
5938 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
5939
5940 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
5941 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
5942 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
5943 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
5944 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
5945 location that's only been partially initialized. */
5946 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
5947 sal.pc, b->type);
5948
5949 b->loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
5950 b->loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
5951 b->loc->requested_address = sal.pc;
5952 b->loc->address = adjusted_address;
5953 b->loc->pspace = sal.pspace;
5954
5955 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint, for
5956 breakpoint resetting. */
5957 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
5958
5959 if (sal.symtab == NULL)
5960 b->source_file = NULL;
5961 else
5962 b->source_file = xstrdup (sal.symtab->filename);
5963 b->loc->section = sal.section;
5964 b->line_number = sal.line;
5965
5966 set_breakpoint_location_function (b->loc,
5967 sal.explicit_pc || sal.explicit_line);
5968
5969 breakpoints_changed ();
5970 }
5971
5972 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
5973 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
5974 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
5975 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
5976 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
5977 is also returned as the value of this function.
5978
5979 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
5980 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
5981 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
5982 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
5983 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
5984 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
5985 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
5986
5987 struct breakpoint *
5988 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5989 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype)
5990 {
5991 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
5992
5993 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bptype);
5994 return b;
5995 }
5996
5997
5998 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
5999 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
6000 void
6001 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
6002 {
6003 struct bp_location *bl;
6004
6005 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
6006
6007 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
6008 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
6009 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
6010 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
6011 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implmement. */
6012 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
6013 bl->inserted = 1;
6014 }
6015
6016 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
6017 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
6018 initiated the operation. */
6019
6020 void
6021 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
6022 {
6023 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6024 int thread = tp->num;
6025
6026 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
6027 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
6028 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
6029 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
6030 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6031 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
6032 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
6033 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
6034 {
6035 struct breakpoint *clone = clone_momentary_breakpoint (b);
6036
6037 clone->type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
6038 clone->thread = thread;
6039 }
6040
6041 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
6042 }
6043
6044 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
6045 void
6046 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
6047 {
6048 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6049
6050 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6051 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
6052 {
6053 if (b->thread == thread)
6054 delete_breakpoint (b);
6055 }
6056 }
6057
6058 void
6059 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
6060 {
6061 struct breakpoint *b;
6062
6063 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6064 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
6065 {
6066 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6067 update_global_location_list (1);
6068 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
6069 }
6070 }
6071
6072 void
6073 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
6074 {
6075 struct breakpoint *b;
6076
6077 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6078 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
6079 {
6080 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
6081 update_global_location_list (0);
6082 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
6083 }
6084 }
6085
6086 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
6087 master breakpoint. */
6088 void
6089 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
6090 {
6091 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6092
6093 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6094 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
6095 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
6096 {
6097 struct breakpoint *clone = clone_momentary_breakpoint (b);
6098 clone->type = bp_std_terminate;
6099 }
6100 }
6101
6102 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
6103 void
6104 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
6105 {
6106 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6107
6108 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6109 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
6110 delete_breakpoint (b);
6111 }
6112
6113 struct breakpoint *
6114 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
6115 {
6116 struct breakpoint *b;
6117
6118 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event);
6119
6120 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6121 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
6122 b->addr_string
6123 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
6124
6125 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6126
6127 return b;
6128 }
6129
6130 void
6131 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
6132 {
6133 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6134
6135 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6136 if (b->type == bp_thread_event
6137 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
6138 delete_breakpoint (b);
6139 }
6140
6141 struct lang_and_radix
6142 {
6143 enum language lang;
6144 int radix;
6145 };
6146
6147 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
6148
6149 struct breakpoint *
6150 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
6151 {
6152 struct breakpoint *b;
6153
6154 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event);
6155 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6156 return b;
6157 }
6158
6159 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
6160
6161 void
6162 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
6163 {
6164 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6165
6166 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6167 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
6168 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
6169 delete_breakpoint (b);
6170 }
6171
6172 void
6173 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
6174 {
6175 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6176
6177 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6178 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
6179 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
6180 delete_breakpoint (b);
6181 }
6182
6183 struct breakpoint *
6184 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
6185 {
6186 struct breakpoint *b;
6187
6188 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event);
6189 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6190 return b;
6191 }
6192
6193 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
6194 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
6195
6196 void
6197 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
6198 {
6199 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
6200
6201 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
6202 {
6203 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
6204 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
6205
6206 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
6207 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
6208 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
6209 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
6210 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
6211 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
6212 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
6213 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
6214 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
6215 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
6216 && !loc->shlib_disabled
6217 #ifdef PC_SOLIB
6218 && PC_SOLIB (loc->address)
6219 #else
6220 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
6221 #endif
6222 )
6223 {
6224 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
6225 }
6226 }
6227 }
6228
6229 /* Disable any breakpoints that are in an unloaded shared library.
6230 Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
6231 disabled. */
6232
6233 static void
6234 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
6235 {
6236 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
6237 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
6238
6239 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
6240 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
6241 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
6242 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
6243 if (exec_bfd != NULL
6244 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
6245 return;
6246
6247 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
6248 {
6249 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
6250 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
6251
6252 if ((loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
6253 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
6254 && solib->pspace == loc->pspace
6255 && !loc->shlib_disabled
6256 && (b->type == bp_breakpoint
6257 || b->type == bp_jit_event
6258 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
6259 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
6260 {
6261 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
6262 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
6263 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
6264 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
6265 loc->inserted = 0;
6266
6267 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
6268 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
6269
6270 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
6271 {
6272 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
6273 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
6274 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
6275 solib->so_name);
6276 }
6277 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
6278 }
6279 }
6280 }
6281
6282 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
6283
6284 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
6285 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
6286 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
6287 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
6288 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
6289
6290 struct fork_catchpoint
6291 {
6292 /* The base class. */
6293 struct breakpoint base;
6294
6295 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
6296 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
6297 catchpoint has triggered. */
6298 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
6299 };
6300
6301 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6302 catchpoints. */
6303
6304 static int
6305 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
6306 {
6307 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6308 }
6309
6310 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6311 catchpoints. */
6312
6313 static int
6314 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
6315 {
6316 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6317 }
6318
6319 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6320 catchpoints. */
6321
6322 static int
6323 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
6324 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
6325 {
6326 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6327
6328 return inferior_has_forked (inferior_ptid, &c->forked_inferior_pid);
6329 }
6330
6331 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6332 catchpoints. */
6333
6334 static enum print_stop_action
6335 print_it_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
6336 {
6337 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
6338
6339 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6340 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (forked process %d), "),
6341 b->number, ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
6342 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6343 }
6344
6345 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6346 catchpoints. */
6347
6348 static void
6349 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
6350 {
6351 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
6352 struct value_print_options opts;
6353
6354 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6355
6356 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6357 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6358 readable). */
6359 if (opts.addressprint)
6360 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6361 annotate_field (5);
6362 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
6363 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
6364 {
6365 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
6366 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
6367 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
6368 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
6369 }
6370 }
6371
6372 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6373 catchpoints. */
6374
6375 static void
6376 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
6377 {
6378 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
6379 }
6380
6381 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6382 catchpoints. */
6383
6384 static void
6385 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6386 {
6387 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
6388 }
6389
6390 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
6391
6392 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops =
6393 {
6394 NULL, /* dtor */
6395 insert_catch_fork,
6396 remove_catch_fork,
6397 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork,
6398 NULL, /* resources_needed */
6399 NULL, /* works_in_software_mode */
6400 print_it_catch_fork,
6401 print_one_catch_fork,
6402 NULL, /* print_one_detail */
6403 print_mention_catch_fork,
6404 print_recreate_catch_fork
6405 };
6406
6407 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6408 catchpoints. */
6409
6410 static int
6411 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
6412 {
6413 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6414 }
6415
6416 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6417 catchpoints. */
6418
6419 static int
6420 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
6421 {
6422 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6423 }
6424
6425 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6426 catchpoints. */
6427
6428 static int
6429 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
6430 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
6431 {
6432 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6433
6434 return inferior_has_vforked (inferior_ptid, &c->forked_inferior_pid);
6435 }
6436
6437 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6438 catchpoints. */
6439
6440 static enum print_stop_action
6441 print_it_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
6442 {
6443 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
6444
6445 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6446 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (vforked process %d), "),
6447 b->number, ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
6448 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6449 }
6450
6451 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6452 catchpoints. */
6453
6454 static void
6455 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
6456 {
6457 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
6458 struct value_print_options opts;
6459
6460 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6461 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6462 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6463 readable). */
6464 if (opts.addressprint)
6465 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6466 annotate_field (5);
6467 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
6468 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
6469 {
6470 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
6471 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
6472 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
6473 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
6474 }
6475 }
6476
6477 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6478 catchpoints. */
6479
6480 static void
6481 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
6482 {
6483 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
6484 }
6485
6486 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6487 catchpoints. */
6488
6489 static void
6490 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6491 {
6492 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
6493 }
6494
6495 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
6496
6497 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops =
6498 {
6499 NULL, /* dtor */
6500 insert_catch_vfork,
6501 remove_catch_vfork,
6502 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork,
6503 NULL, /* resources_needed */
6504 NULL, /* works_in_software_mode */
6505 print_it_catch_vfork,
6506 print_one_catch_vfork,
6507 NULL, /* print_one_detail */
6508 print_mention_catch_vfork,
6509 print_recreate_catch_vfork
6510 };
6511
6512 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
6513 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
6514 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
6515 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
6516 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
6517
6518 struct syscall_catchpoint
6519 {
6520 /* The base class. */
6521 struct breakpoint base;
6522
6523 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
6524 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
6525 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
6526 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
6527 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught;
6528 };
6529
6530 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6531 catchpoints. */
6532
6533 static void
6534 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
6535 {
6536 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
6537
6538 VEC_free (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught);
6539 }
6540
6541 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6542 catchpoints. */
6543
6544 static int
6545 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
6546 {
6547 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6548 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
6549
6550 ++inf->total_syscalls_count;
6551 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6552 ++inf->any_syscall_count;
6553 else
6554 {
6555 int i, iter;
6556
6557 for (i = 0;
6558 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6559 i++)
6560 {
6561 int elem;
6562
6563 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts))
6564 {
6565 int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts);
6566 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
6567 = old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
6568 uintptr_t vec_addr;
6569 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter + 1);
6570 vec_addr = (uintptr_t) VEC_address (int, inf->syscalls_counts) +
6571 vec_addr_offset;
6572 memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0,
6573 (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int));
6574 }
6575 elem = VEC_index (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter);
6576 VEC_replace (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem);
6577 }
6578 }
6579
6580 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
6581 inf->total_syscalls_count != 0,
6582 inf->any_syscall_count,
6583 VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts),
6584 VEC_address (int, inf->syscalls_counts));
6585 }
6586
6587 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6588 catchpoints. */
6589
6590 static int
6591 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
6592 {
6593 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6594 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
6595
6596 --inf->total_syscalls_count;
6597 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6598 --inf->any_syscall_count;
6599 else
6600 {
6601 int i, iter;
6602
6603 for (i = 0;
6604 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6605 i++)
6606 {
6607 int elem;
6608 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts))
6609 /* Shouldn't happen. */
6610 continue;
6611 elem = VEC_index (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter);
6612 VEC_replace (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem);
6613 }
6614 }
6615
6616 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
6617 inf->total_syscalls_count != 0,
6618 inf->any_syscall_count,
6619 VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts),
6620 VEC_address (int,
6621 inf->syscalls_counts));
6622 }
6623
6624 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6625 catchpoints. */
6626
6627 static int
6628 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location *bl,
6629 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
6630 {
6631 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
6632 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
6633 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
6634 int syscall_number = 0;
6635 const struct syscall_catchpoint *c
6636 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6637
6638 if (!inferior_has_called_syscall (inferior_ptid, &syscall_number))
6639 return 0;
6640
6641 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
6642 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6643 {
6644 int i, iter;
6645
6646 for (i = 0;
6647 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6648 i++)
6649 if (syscall_number == iter)
6650 break;
6651 /* Not the same. */
6652 if (!iter)
6653 return 0;
6654 }
6655
6656 return 1;
6657 }
6658
6659 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6660 catchpoints. */
6661
6662 static enum print_stop_action
6663 print_it_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
6664 {
6665 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
6666 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
6667 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
6668 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
6669 ptid_t ptid;
6670 struct target_waitstatus last;
6671 struct syscall s;
6672 struct cleanup *old_chain;
6673 char *syscall_id;
6674
6675 get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last);
6676
6677 get_syscall_by_number (last.value.syscall_number, &s);
6678
6679 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6680
6681 if (s.name == NULL)
6682 syscall_id = xstrprintf ("%d", last.value.syscall_number);
6683 else
6684 syscall_id = xstrprintf ("'%s'", s.name);
6685
6686 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, syscall_id);
6687
6688 if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY)
6689 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (call to syscall %s), "),
6690 b->number, syscall_id);
6691 else if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN)
6692 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (returned from syscall %s), "),
6693 b->number, syscall_id);
6694
6695 do_cleanups (old_chain);
6696
6697 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6698 }
6699
6700 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6701 catchpoints. */
6702
6703 static void
6704 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b,
6705 struct bp_location **last_loc)
6706 {
6707 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
6708 struct value_print_options opts;
6709
6710 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6711 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6712 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6713 readable). */
6714 if (opts.addressprint)
6715 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6716 annotate_field (5);
6717
6718 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught
6719 && VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
6720 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \"");
6721 else
6722 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \"");
6723
6724 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6725 {
6726 int i, iter;
6727 char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", "");
6728
6729 for (i = 0;
6730 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6731 i++)
6732 {
6733 char *x = text;
6734 struct syscall s;
6735 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
6736
6737 if (s.name != NULL)
6738 text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name);
6739 else
6740 text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter);
6741
6742 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
6743 because xstrprintf dinamically allocates new space for it
6744 on every call. */
6745 xfree (x);
6746 }
6747 /* Remove the last comma. */
6748 text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0';
6749 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text);
6750 }
6751 else
6752 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>");
6753 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
6754 }
6755
6756 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6757 catchpoints. */
6758
6759 static void
6760 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
6761 {
6762 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
6763
6764 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6765 {
6766 int i, iter;
6767
6768 if (VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
6769 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number);
6770 else
6771 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number);
6772
6773 for (i = 0;
6774 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6775 i++)
6776 {
6777 struct syscall s;
6778 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
6779
6780 if (s.name)
6781 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number);
6782 else
6783 printf_filtered (" %d", s.number);
6784 }
6785 printf_filtered (")");
6786 }
6787 else
6788 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
6789 b->number);
6790 }
6791
6792 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6793 catchpoints. */
6794
6795 static void
6796 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6797 {
6798 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
6799
6800 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall");
6801
6802 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6803 {
6804 int i, iter;
6805
6806 for (i = 0;
6807 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6808 i++)
6809 {
6810 struct syscall s;
6811
6812 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
6813 if (s.name)
6814 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name);
6815 else
6816 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number);
6817 }
6818 }
6819 }
6820
6821 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
6822
6823 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops =
6824 {
6825 dtor_catch_syscall,
6826 insert_catch_syscall,
6827 remove_catch_syscall,
6828 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall,
6829 NULL, /* resources_needed */
6830 NULL, /* works_in_software_mode */
6831 print_it_catch_syscall,
6832 print_one_catch_syscall,
6833 NULL, /* print_one_detail */
6834 print_mention_catch_syscall,
6835 print_recreate_catch_syscall
6836 };
6837
6838 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
6839
6840 static int
6841 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6842 {
6843 return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
6844 }
6845
6846 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
6847 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
6848 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
6849 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
6850
6851 static void
6852 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6853 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
6854 char *cond_string,
6855 struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6856 {
6857 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6858
6859 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
6860
6861 init_sal (&sal);
6862 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
6863
6864 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint);
6865 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
6866 b->number = breakpoint_count;
6867
6868 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
6869 b->thread = -1;
6870 b->addr_string = NULL;
6871 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6872 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
6873 b->ops = ops;
6874 }
6875
6876 static void
6877 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6878 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
6879 struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6880 {
6881 struct fork_catchpoint *c = XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint);
6882
6883 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
6884
6885 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
6886
6887 mention (&c->base);
6888 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (&c->base);
6889 update_global_location_list (1);
6890 }
6891
6892 /* Exec catchpoints. */
6893
6894 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
6895 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
6896 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
6897 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
6898 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
6899
6900 struct exec_catchpoint
6901 {
6902 /* The base class. */
6903 struct breakpoint base;
6904
6905 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
6906 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
6907 triggered. */
6908 char *exec_pathname;
6909 };
6910
6911 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
6912 catchpoints. */
6913
6914 static void
6915 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
6916 {
6917 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
6918
6919 xfree (c->exec_pathname);
6920 }
6921
6922 static int
6923 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
6924 {
6925 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6926 }
6927
6928 static int
6929 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
6930 {
6931 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6932 }
6933
6934 static int
6935 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
6936 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
6937 {
6938 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6939
6940 return inferior_has_execd (inferior_ptid, &c->exec_pathname);
6941 }
6942
6943 static enum print_stop_action
6944 print_it_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
6945 {
6946 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
6947
6948 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6949 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (exec'd %s), "), b->number,
6950 c->exec_pathname);
6951 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6952 }
6953
6954 static void
6955 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
6956 {
6957 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
6958 struct value_print_options opts;
6959
6960 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6961
6962 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6963 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6964 is relatively readable). */
6965 if (opts.addressprint)
6966 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6967 annotate_field (5);
6968 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
6969 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
6970 {
6971 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
6972 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", c->exec_pathname);
6973 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
6974 }
6975 }
6976
6977 static void
6978 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
6979 {
6980 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
6981 }
6982
6983 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
6984 catchpoints. */
6985
6986 static void
6987 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6988 {
6989 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
6990 }
6991
6992 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops =
6993 {
6994 dtor_catch_exec,
6995 insert_catch_exec,
6996 remove_catch_exec,
6997 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec,
6998 NULL, /* resources_needed */
6999 NULL, /* works_in_software_mode */
7000 print_it_catch_exec,
7001 print_one_catch_exec,
7002 NULL, /* print_one_detail */
7003 print_mention_catch_exec,
7004 print_recreate_catch_exec
7005 };
7006
7007 static void
7008 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter,
7009 struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7010 {
7011 struct syscall_catchpoint *c;
7012 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
7013
7014 c = XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint);
7015 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops);
7016 c->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter;
7017
7018 /* Now, we have to mention the breakpoint and update the global
7019 location list. */
7020 mention (&c->base);
7021 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (&c->base);
7022 update_global_location_list (1);
7023 }
7024
7025 static int
7026 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
7027 {
7028 int i = 0;
7029 struct breakpoint *b;
7030 struct bp_location *bl;
7031
7032 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7033 {
7034 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
7035 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
7036 {
7037 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
7038 one register. */
7039 if (b->ops && b->ops->resources_needed)
7040 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
7041 else
7042 i++;
7043 }
7044 }
7045
7046 return i;
7047 }
7048
7049 static int
7050 hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
7051 {
7052 int i = 0;
7053 struct breakpoint *b;
7054 struct bp_location *bl;
7055
7056 *other_type_used = 0;
7057 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7058 {
7059 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
7060 continue;
7061
7062 if (b->type == type)
7063 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
7064 {
7065 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
7066 one register. */
7067 if (b->ops && b->ops->resources_needed)
7068 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
7069 else
7070 i++;
7071 }
7072 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
7073 *other_type_used = 1;
7074 }
7075
7076 return i;
7077 }
7078
7079 void
7080 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
7081 {
7082 struct breakpoint *b;
7083
7084 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7085 {
7086 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
7087 {
7088 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
7089 update_global_location_list (0);
7090 }
7091 }
7092 }
7093
7094 void
7095 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
7096 {
7097 struct breakpoint *b;
7098
7099 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7100 {
7101 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
7102 {
7103 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7104 update_global_location_list (1);
7105 }
7106 }
7107 }
7108
7109 void
7110 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
7111 {
7112 struct breakpoint *b;
7113 int found = 0;
7114
7115 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7116 {
7117 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
7118 continue;
7119
7120 if ((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7121 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7122 && breakpoint_enabled (b))
7123 {
7124 b->enable_state = bp_startup_disabled;
7125 found = 1;
7126 }
7127 }
7128
7129 if (found)
7130 update_global_location_list (0);
7131
7132 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
7133 }
7134
7135 void
7136 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
7137 {
7138 struct breakpoint *b;
7139 int found = 0;
7140
7141 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
7142
7143 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7144 {
7145 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
7146 continue;
7147
7148 if ((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7149 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7150 && b->enable_state == bp_startup_disabled)
7151 {
7152 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7153 found = 1;
7154 }
7155 }
7156
7157 if (found)
7158 breakpoint_re_set ();
7159 }
7160
7161
7162 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
7163 at address specified by SAL.
7164 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
7165
7166 struct breakpoint *
7167 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
7168 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
7169 {
7170 struct breakpoint *b;
7171
7172 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined
7173 one. */
7174 gdb_assert (!frame_id_inlined_p (frame_id));
7175
7176 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type);
7177 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7178 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
7179 b->frame_id = frame_id;
7180
7181 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
7182 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
7183 control. */
7184 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
7185 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7186
7187 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7188
7189 return b;
7190 }
7191
7192 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
7193 ORIG is NULL. */
7194
7195 struct breakpoint *
7196 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
7197 {
7198 struct breakpoint *copy;
7199
7200 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
7201 if (orig == NULL)
7202 return NULL;
7203
7204 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, orig->type);
7205 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
7206 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
7207
7208 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
7209 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
7210 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
7211 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
7212 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
7213
7214 if (orig->source_file == NULL)
7215 copy->source_file = NULL;
7216 else
7217 copy->source_file = xstrdup (orig->source_file);
7218
7219 copy->line_number = orig->line_number;
7220 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
7221 copy->thread = orig->thread;
7222 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
7223
7224 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7225 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
7226 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
7227
7228 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
7229 return copy;
7230 }
7231
7232 struct breakpoint *
7233 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
7234 enum bptype type)
7235 {
7236 struct symtab_and_line sal;
7237
7238 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
7239 sal.pc = pc;
7240 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
7241 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
7242
7243 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
7244 }
7245 \f
7246
7247 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
7248
7249 static void
7250 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
7251 {
7252 int say_where = 0;
7253 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
7254 struct value_print_options opts;
7255
7256 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7257
7258 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_mention != NULL)
7259 b->ops->print_mention (b);
7260 else
7261 switch (b->type)
7262 {
7263 case bp_none:
7264 printf_filtered (_("(apparently deleted?) Eventpoint %d: "),
7265 b->number);
7266 break;
7267 case bp_watchpoint:
7268 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
7269 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
7270 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
7271 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
7272 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string);
7273 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
7274 break;
7275 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
7276 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
7277 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
7278 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
7279 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
7280 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string);
7281 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
7282 break;
7283 case bp_read_watchpoint:
7284 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
7285 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
7286 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
7287 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
7288 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string);
7289 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
7290 break;
7291 case bp_access_watchpoint:
7292 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
7293 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
7294 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
7295 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
7296 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string);
7297 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
7298 break;
7299 case bp_breakpoint:
7300 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
7301 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7302 {
7303 say_where = 0;
7304 break;
7305 }
7306 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7307 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
7308 else
7309 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
7310 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
7311 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
7312 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
7313 say_where = 1;
7314 break;
7315 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
7316 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7317 {
7318 say_where = 0;
7319 break;
7320 }
7321 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
7322 say_where = 1;
7323 break;
7324 case bp_tracepoint:
7325 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7326 {
7327 say_where = 0;
7328 break;
7329 }
7330 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
7331 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
7332 say_where = 1;
7333 break;
7334 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
7335 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7336 {
7337 say_where = 0;
7338 break;
7339 }
7340 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
7341 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
7342 say_where = 1;
7343 break;
7344 case bp_static_tracepoint:
7345 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7346 {
7347 say_where = 0;
7348 break;
7349 }
7350 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
7351 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
7352 say_where = 1;
7353 break;
7354
7355 case bp_until:
7356 case bp_finish:
7357 case bp_longjmp:
7358 case bp_longjmp_resume:
7359 case bp_exception:
7360 case bp_exception_resume:
7361 case bp_step_resume:
7362 case bp_hp_step_resume:
7363 case bp_call_dummy:
7364 case bp_std_terminate:
7365 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
7366 case bp_shlib_event:
7367 case bp_thread_event:
7368 case bp_overlay_event:
7369 case bp_jit_event:
7370 case bp_longjmp_master:
7371 case bp_std_terminate_master:
7372 case bp_exception_master:
7373 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
7374 break;
7375 }
7376
7377 if (say_where)
7378 {
7379 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
7380 single string. */
7381 if (b->loc == NULL)
7382 {
7383 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
7384 }
7385 else
7386 {
7387 if (opts.addressprint || b->source_file == NULL)
7388 {
7389 printf_filtered (" at ");
7390 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
7391 gdb_stdout);
7392 }
7393 if (b->source_file)
7394 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
7395 b->source_file, b->line_number);
7396
7397 if (b->loc->next)
7398 {
7399 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
7400 int n = 0;
7401 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
7402 ++n;
7403 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
7404 }
7405
7406 }
7407 }
7408 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7409 return;
7410 printf_filtered ("\n");
7411 }
7412 \f
7413
7414 static struct bp_location *
7415 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
7416 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
7417 {
7418 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
7419
7420 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
7421 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
7422 ;
7423 *tmp = loc;
7424 loc->gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
7425 if (!loc->gdbarch)
7426 loc->gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
7427 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
7428 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
7429 loc->requested_address, b->type);
7430 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
7431 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
7432 loc->section = sal->section;
7433
7434 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
7435 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
7436 return loc;
7437 }
7438 \f
7439
7440 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
7441 return 0 otherwise. */
7442
7443 static int
7444 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
7445 {
7446 int len;
7447 CORE_ADDR addr;
7448 const gdb_byte *brk;
7449 gdb_byte *target_mem;
7450 struct cleanup *cleanup;
7451 int retval = 0;
7452
7453 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
7454
7455 addr = loc->address;
7456 brk = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len);
7457
7458 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
7459 if (brk == NULL)
7460 return 0;
7461
7462 target_mem = alloca (len);
7463
7464 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
7465 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
7466 breakpoints they are permanent. */
7467 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
7468
7469 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
7470 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
7471
7472 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
7473 && memcmp (target_mem, brk, len) == 0)
7474 retval = 1;
7475
7476 do_cleanups (cleanup);
7477
7478 return retval;
7479 }
7480
7481
7482
7483 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
7484 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
7485 as condition expression. */
7486
7487 static void
7488 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7489 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
7490 char *cond_string,
7491 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
7492 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
7493 struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
7494 int enabled, int internal, int display_canonical)
7495 {
7496 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
7497 int i;
7498
7499 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7500 {
7501 int i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
7502 int target_resources_ok =
7503 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
7504 i + 1, 0);
7505 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
7506 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
7507 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
7508 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
7509 }
7510
7511 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
7512
7513 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
7514 {
7515 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
7516 struct bp_location *loc;
7517
7518 if (from_tty)
7519 {
7520 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
7521 if (!loc_gdbarch)
7522 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
7523
7524 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
7525 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
7526 }
7527
7528 if (i == 0)
7529 {
7530 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type);
7531 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
7532 b->thread = thread;
7533 b->task = task;
7534
7535 b->cond_string = cond_string;
7536 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
7537 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
7538 b->disposition = disposition;
7539 b->pspace = sals.sals[0].pspace;
7540
7541 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
7542 {
7543 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
7544
7545 if (is_marker_spec (addr_string))
7546 {
7547 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
7548 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
7549 char *p = &addr_string[3];
7550 char *endp;
7551 char *marker_str;
7552 int i;
7553
7554 p = skip_spaces (p);
7555
7556 endp = skip_to_space (p);
7557
7558 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
7559 b->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
7560
7561 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
7562 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
7563 b->static_trace_marker_id);
7564 }
7565 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
7566 {
7567 b->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
7568 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
7569
7570 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
7571 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
7572 b->static_trace_marker_id);
7573 }
7574 else
7575 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
7576 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
7577 }
7578
7579 if (enabled && b->pspace->executing_startup
7580 && (b->type == bp_breakpoint
7581 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint))
7582 b->enable_state = bp_startup_disabled;
7583
7584 loc = b->loc;
7585 }
7586 else
7587 {
7588 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
7589 }
7590
7591 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
7592 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
7593
7594 if (b->cond_string)
7595 {
7596 char *arg = b->cond_string;
7597 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
7598 if (*arg)
7599 error (_("Garbage %s follows condition"), arg);
7600 }
7601 }
7602
7603 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
7604 if (addr_string)
7605 b->addr_string = addr_string;
7606 else
7607 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
7608 me. */
7609 b->addr_string
7610 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
7611
7612 b->ops = ops;
7613 /* Do not mention breakpoints with a negative number, but do
7614 notify observers. */
7615 if (!internal)
7616 mention (b);
7617 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
7618 }
7619
7620 /* Remove element at INDEX_TO_REMOVE from SAL, shifting other
7621 elements to fill the void space. */
7622 static void
7623 remove_sal (struct symtabs_and_lines *sal, int index_to_remove)
7624 {
7625 int i = index_to_remove+1;
7626 int last_index = sal->nelts-1;
7627
7628 for (;i <= last_index; ++i)
7629 sal->sals[i-1] = sal->sals[i];
7630
7631 --(sal->nelts);
7632 }
7633
7634 /* If appropriate, obtains all sals that correspond to the same file
7635 and line as SAL, in all program spaces. Users debugging with IDEs,
7636 will want to set a breakpoint at foo.c:line, and not really care
7637 about program spaces. This is done only if SAL does not have
7638 explicit PC and has line and file information. If we got just a
7639 single expanded sal, return the original.
7640
7641 Otherwise, if SAL.explicit_line is not set, filter out all sals for
7642 which the name of enclosing function is different from SAL. This
7643 makes sure that if we have breakpoint originally set in template
7644 instantiation, say foo<int>(), we won't expand SAL to locations at
7645 the same line in all existing instantiations of 'foo'. */
7646
7647 static struct symtabs_and_lines
7648 expand_line_sal_maybe (struct symtab_and_line sal)
7649 {
7650 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
7651 CORE_ADDR original_pc = sal.pc;
7652 char *original_function = NULL;
7653 int found;
7654 int i;
7655 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7656
7657 /* If we have explicit pc, don't expand.
7658 If we have no line number, we can't expand. */
7659 if (sal.explicit_pc || sal.line == 0 || sal.symtab == NULL)
7660 {
7661 expanded.nelts = 1;
7662 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
7663 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
7664 return expanded;
7665 }
7666
7667 sal.pc = 0;
7668
7669 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
7670
7671 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal.pspace);
7672
7673 find_pc_partial_function (original_pc, &original_function, NULL, NULL);
7674
7675 /* Note that expand_line_sal visits *all* program spaces. */
7676 expanded = expand_line_sal (sal);
7677
7678 if (expanded.nelts == 1)
7679 {
7680 /* We had one sal, we got one sal. Return that sal, adjusting it
7681 past the function prologue if necessary. */
7682 xfree (expanded.sals);
7683 expanded.nelts = 1;
7684 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
7685 sal.pc = original_pc;
7686 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
7687 skip_prologue_sal (&expanded.sals[0]);
7688 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7689 return expanded;
7690 }
7691
7692 if (!sal.explicit_line)
7693 {
7694 CORE_ADDR func_addr, func_end;
7695 for (i = 0; i < expanded.nelts; ++i)
7696 {
7697 CORE_ADDR pc = expanded.sals[i].pc;
7698 char *this_function;
7699
7700 /* We need to switch threads as well since we're about to
7701 read memory. */
7702 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (expanded.sals[i].pspace);
7703
7704 if (find_pc_partial_function (pc, &this_function,
7705 &func_addr, &func_end))
7706 {
7707 if (this_function
7708 && strcmp (this_function, original_function) != 0)
7709 {
7710 remove_sal (&expanded, i);
7711 --i;
7712 }
7713 }
7714 }
7715 }
7716
7717 /* Skip the function prologue if necessary. */
7718 for (i = 0; i < expanded.nelts; ++i)
7719 skip_prologue_sal (&expanded.sals[i]);
7720
7721 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7722
7723 if (expanded.nelts <= 1)
7724 {
7725 /* This is un ugly workaround. If we get zero expanded sals
7726 then something is really wrong. Fix that by returning the
7727 original sal. */
7728
7729 xfree (expanded.sals);
7730 expanded.nelts = 1;
7731 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
7732 sal.pc = original_pc;
7733 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
7734 return expanded;
7735 }
7736
7737 if (original_pc)
7738 {
7739 found = 0;
7740 for (i = 0; i < expanded.nelts; ++i)
7741 if (expanded.sals[i].pc == original_pc)
7742 {
7743 found = 1;
7744 break;
7745 }
7746 gdb_assert (found);
7747 }
7748
7749 return expanded;
7750 }
7751
7752 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
7753 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
7754 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
7755 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
7756 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
7757 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
7758 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
7759 we take just a single condition string.
7760
7761 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
7762 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
7763 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
7764 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
7765 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
7766
7767 static void
7768 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7769 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
7770 struct linespec_result *canonical,
7771 char *cond_string,
7772 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
7773 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
7774 struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
7775 int enabled, int internal)
7776 {
7777 int i;
7778
7779 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
7780 {
7781 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded =
7782 expand_line_sal_maybe (sals.sals[i]);
7783
7784 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, expanded, canonical->canonical[i],
7785 cond_string, type, disposition,
7786 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
7787 from_tty, enabled, internal,
7788 canonical->special_display);
7789 }
7790 }
7791
7792 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
7793 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
7794 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
7795 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
7796
7797 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
7798 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
7799
7800 static void
7801 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
7802 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals,
7803 struct linespec_result *canonical)
7804 {
7805 char *addr_start = *address;
7806
7807 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
7808 breakpoint. */
7809 if ((*address) == NULL
7810 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
7811 {
7812 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
7813 {
7814 struct symtab_and_line sal;
7815
7816 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
7817 sals->sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
7818 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
7819 sal.pc = default_breakpoint_address;
7820 sal.line = default_breakpoint_line;
7821 sal.symtab = default_breakpoint_symtab;
7822 sal.pspace = default_breakpoint_pspace;
7823 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
7824
7825 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
7826 where PC is the default_breakpoint_address. So make sure
7827 to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from trying to
7828 expand the list of sals to include all other instances
7829 with the same symtab and line. */
7830 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
7831
7832 sals->sals[0] = sal;
7833 sals->nelts = 1;
7834 }
7835 else
7836 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
7837 }
7838 else
7839 {
7840 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
7841 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
7842 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
7843 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
7844
7845 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
7846 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '[' */
7847
7848 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
7849
7850 if (default_breakpoint_valid
7851 && (!cursal.symtab
7852 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL)
7853 && ((*address)[1] != '['))))
7854 *sals = decode_line_1 (address, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab,
7855 default_breakpoint_line, canonical);
7856 else
7857 *sals = decode_line_1 (address, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
7858 canonical);
7859 }
7860 /* For any SAL that didn't have a canonical string, fill one in. */
7861 if (sals->nelts > 0 && canonical->canonical == NULL)
7862 canonical->canonical = xcalloc (sals->nelts, sizeof (char *));
7863 if (addr_start != (*address))
7864 {
7865 int i;
7866
7867 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
7868 {
7869 /* Add the string if not present. */
7870 if (canonical->canonical[i] == NULL)
7871 canonical->canonical[i] = savestring (addr_start,
7872 (*address) - addr_start);
7873 }
7874 }
7875 }
7876
7877
7878 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
7879 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
7880
7881 static void
7882 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
7883 {
7884 int i;
7885
7886 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
7887 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
7888 }
7889
7890 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
7891 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
7892 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
7893 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
7894 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
7895 it, etc. */
7896
7897 static void
7898 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7899 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
7900 {
7901 int i, rslt;
7902 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
7903 char *msg;
7904 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7905
7906 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
7907 {
7908 sal = &sals->sals[i];
7909
7910 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (gdbarch, sal->pc,
7911 NULL, &msg);
7912 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
7913
7914 if (!rslt)
7915 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
7916 paddress (gdbarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
7917
7918 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7919 }
7920 }
7921
7922 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
7923 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
7924 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
7925 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
7926 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
7927 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
7928 static void
7929 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
7930 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task)
7931 {
7932 *cond_string = NULL;
7933 *thread = -1;
7934 while (tok && *tok)
7935 {
7936 char *end_tok;
7937 int toklen;
7938 char *cond_start = NULL;
7939 char *cond_end = NULL;
7940
7941 tok = skip_spaces (tok);
7942
7943 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
7944
7945 toklen = end_tok - tok;
7946
7947 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
7948 {
7949 struct expression *expr;
7950
7951 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
7952 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
7953 xfree (expr);
7954 cond_end = tok;
7955 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start,
7956 cond_end - cond_start);
7957 }
7958 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
7959 {
7960 char *tmptok;
7961
7962 tok = end_tok + 1;
7963 tmptok = tok;
7964 *thread = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
7965 if (tok == tmptok)
7966 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
7967 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
7968 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), *thread);
7969 }
7970 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
7971 {
7972 char *tmptok;
7973
7974 tok = end_tok + 1;
7975 tmptok = tok;
7976 *task = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
7977 if (tok == tmptok)
7978 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
7979 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
7980 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
7981 }
7982 else
7983 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7984 }
7985 }
7986
7987 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
7988
7989 static struct symtabs_and_lines
7990 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p)
7991 {
7992 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
7993 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
7994 struct symtab_and_line sal;
7995 struct symbol *sym;
7996 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7997 char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
7998 char *endp;
7999 char *marker_str;
8000 int i;
8001
8002 p = skip_spaces (p);
8003
8004 endp = skip_to_space (p);
8005
8006 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
8007 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
8008
8009 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
8010 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
8011 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
8012
8013 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
8014 sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts);
8015
8016 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
8017 {
8018 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
8019
8020 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
8021
8022 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
8023
8024 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
8025 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
8026
8027 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
8028 }
8029
8030 do_cleanups (old_chain);
8031
8032 *arg_p = endp;
8033 return sals;
8034 }
8035
8036 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
8037 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
8038 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
8039 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
8040 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just
8041 the location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by
8042 the COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. If INTERNAL is non-zero,
8043 the breakpoint number will be allocated from the internal
8044 breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint was created;
8045 false otherwise. */
8046
8047 int
8048 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8049 char *arg, char *cond_string, int thread,
8050 int parse_condition_and_thread,
8051 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
8052 int ignore_count,
8053 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
8054 struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
8055 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal)
8056 {
8057 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
8058 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
8059 struct symtab_and_line pending_sal;
8060 char *copy_arg;
8061 char *addr_start = arg;
8062 struct linespec_result canonical;
8063 struct cleanup *old_chain;
8064 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
8065 int i;
8066 int pending = 0;
8067 int task = 0;
8068 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
8069
8070 sals.sals = NULL;
8071 sals.nelts = 0;
8072 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
8073
8074 if (type_wanted == bp_static_tracepoint && is_marker_spec (arg))
8075 {
8076 int i;
8077
8078 sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg);
8079
8080 copy_arg = savestring (addr_start, arg - addr_start);
8081 canonical.canonical = xcalloc (sals.nelts, sizeof (char *));
8082 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
8083 canonical.canonical[i] = xstrdup (copy_arg);
8084 goto done;
8085 }
8086
8087 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
8088 {
8089 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &sals, &canonical);
8090 }
8091
8092 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
8093 switch (e.reason)
8094 {
8095 case RETURN_QUIT:
8096 throw_exception (e);
8097 case RETURN_ERROR:
8098 switch (e.error)
8099 {
8100 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
8101
8102 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
8103 error. */
8104
8105 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
8106 throw_exception (e);
8107
8108 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
8109
8110 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
8111 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
8112 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
8113 && !nquery (_("Make breakpoint pending on "
8114 "future shared library load? ")))
8115 return 0;
8116
8117 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
8118 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
8119 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
8120 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
8121 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
8122 canonical.canonical = &copy_arg;
8123 sals.nelts = 1;
8124 sals.sals = &pending_sal;
8125 pending_sal.pc = 0;
8126 pending = 1;
8127 break;
8128 default:
8129 throw_exception (e);
8130 }
8131 break;
8132 default:
8133 if (!sals.nelts)
8134 return 0;
8135 }
8136
8137 done:
8138
8139 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
8140 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
8141
8142 if (!pending)
8143 {
8144 /* Make sure that all storage allocated to SALS gets freed. */
8145 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
8146
8147 /* Cleanup the canonical array but not its contents. */
8148 make_cleanup (xfree, canonical.canonical);
8149 }
8150
8151 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
8152 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
8153 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
8154 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
8155 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
8156
8157 /* Mark the contents of the canonical for cleanup. These go on
8158 the bkpt_chain and only occur if the breakpoint create fails. */
8159 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
8160 {
8161 if (canonical.canonical[i] != NULL)
8162 make_cleanup (xfree, canonical.canonical[i]);
8163 }
8164
8165 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
8166 are ok for the target. */
8167 if (!pending)
8168 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&sals);
8169
8170 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
8171 if (type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
8172 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &sals);
8173
8174 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
8175 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
8176 breakpoint. */
8177 if (!pending)
8178 {
8179 if (parse_condition_and_thread)
8180 {
8181 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
8182 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
8183 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
8184 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
8185 cond_string = NULL;
8186 thread = -1;
8187 find_condition_and_thread (arg, sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
8188 &thread, &task);
8189 if (cond_string)
8190 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
8191 }
8192 else
8193 {
8194 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
8195 if (cond_string)
8196 {
8197 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
8198 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
8199 }
8200 }
8201
8202 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
8203 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
8204 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
8205 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
8206 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
8207 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
8208 if (type_wanted == bp_static_tracepoint
8209 && is_marker_spec (canonical.canonical[0]))
8210 {
8211 int i;
8212
8213 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
8214 {
8215 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
8216 struct breakpoint *tp;
8217 struct cleanup *old_chain;
8218
8219 expanded.nelts = 1;
8220 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
8221 expanded.sals[0] = sals.sals[i];
8222 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, expanded.sals);
8223
8224 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, expanded, canonical.canonical[i],
8225 cond_string, type_wanted,
8226 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
8227 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
8228 from_tty, enabled, internal,
8229 canonical.special_display);
8230
8231 do_cleanups (old_chain);
8232
8233 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
8234 if (internal)
8235 tp = get_breakpoint (internal_breakpoint_number);
8236 else
8237 tp = get_breakpoint (breakpoint_count);
8238 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
8239
8240 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
8241 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
8242 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
8243 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
8244 try to match up which of the newly found markers
8245 corresponds to this one */
8246 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
8247 }
8248 }
8249 else
8250 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, sals, &canonical, cond_string,
8251 type_wanted,
8252 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
8253 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
8254 enabled, internal);
8255 }
8256 else
8257 {
8258 struct breakpoint *b;
8259
8260 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
8261
8262 b = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (gdbarch, type_wanted);
8263 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
8264 b->thread = -1;
8265 b->addr_string = canonical.canonical[0];
8266 b->cond_string = NULL;
8267 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
8268 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8269 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
8270 b->ops = ops;
8271 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
8272 b->pspace = current_program_space;
8273 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
8274
8275 if (enabled && b->pspace->executing_startup
8276 && (b->type == bp_breakpoint
8277 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint))
8278 b->enable_state = bp_startup_disabled;
8279
8280 if (!internal)
8281 /* Do not mention breakpoints with a negative number,
8282 but do notify observers. */
8283 mention (b);
8284 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8285 }
8286
8287 if (sals.nelts > 1)
8288 {
8289 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
8290 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
8291 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
8292 }
8293
8294 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
8295 breakpoint. */
8296 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
8297 /* But cleanup everything else. */
8298 do_cleanups (old_chain);
8299
8300 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
8301 update_global_location_list (1);
8302
8303 return 1;
8304 }
8305
8306 /* Set a breakpoint.
8307 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
8308 condition, and thread.
8309 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
8310 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
8311 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
8312
8313 static void
8314 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
8315 {
8316 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
8317 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
8318 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
8319 : bp_breakpoint);
8320
8321 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
8322 arg,
8323 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
8324 tempflag, type_wanted,
8325 0 /* Ignore count */,
8326 pending_break_support,
8327 NULL /* breakpoint_ops */,
8328 from_tty,
8329 1 /* enabled */,
8330 0 /* internal */);
8331 }
8332
8333
8334 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
8335
8336 void
8337 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
8338 {
8339 CORE_ADDR pc;
8340
8341 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
8342 {
8343 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
8344 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
8345 sal->line, sal->symtab->filename);
8346 sal->pc = pc;
8347
8348 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
8349 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
8350 if (sal->explicit_line)
8351 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
8352 }
8353
8354 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
8355 {
8356 struct blockvector *bv;
8357 struct block *b;
8358 struct symbol *sym;
8359
8360 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
8361 if (bv != NULL)
8362 {
8363 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
8364 if (sym != NULL)
8365 {
8366 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
8367 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym);
8368 }
8369 else
8370 {
8371 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
8372 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
8373 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
8374 happen in assembly source). */
8375
8376 struct minimal_symbol *msym;
8377 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
8378
8379 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
8380
8381 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
8382 if (msym)
8383 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym);
8384
8385 do_cleanups (old_chain);
8386 }
8387 }
8388 }
8389 }
8390
8391 void
8392 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8393 {
8394 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
8395 }
8396
8397 void
8398 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8399 {
8400 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
8401 }
8402
8403 static void
8404 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8405 {
8406 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
8407 }
8408
8409 static void
8410 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8411 {
8412 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
8413 }
8414
8415 static void
8416 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8417 {
8418 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
8419 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
8420 stop at <line>\n"));
8421 }
8422
8423 static void
8424 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8425 {
8426 int badInput = 0;
8427
8428 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
8429 badInput = 1;
8430 else if (*arg != '*')
8431 {
8432 char *argptr = arg;
8433 int hasColon = 0;
8434
8435 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
8436 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
8437 function/method name. */
8438 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
8439 {
8440 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
8441 argptr++;
8442 }
8443
8444 if (hasColon)
8445 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
8446 else
8447 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
8448 }
8449
8450 if (badInput)
8451 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
8452 else
8453 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
8454 }
8455
8456 static void
8457 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8458 {
8459 int badInput = 0;
8460
8461 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
8462 badInput = 1;
8463 else
8464 {
8465 char *argptr = arg;
8466 int hasColon = 0;
8467
8468 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
8469 it is probably a line number. */
8470 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
8471 {
8472 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
8473 argptr++;
8474 }
8475
8476 if (hasColon)
8477 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
8478 else
8479 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
8480 }
8481
8482 if (badInput)
8483 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
8484 else
8485 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
8486 }
8487
8488 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
8489 ranged breakpoints. */
8490
8491 static int
8492 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
8493 struct address_space *aspace,
8494 CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
8495 {
8496 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
8497 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
8498 }
8499
8500 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8501 ranged breakpoints. */
8502
8503 static int
8504 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
8505 {
8506 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
8507 }
8508
8509 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
8510 ranged breakpoints. */
8511
8512 static enum print_stop_action
8513 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
8514 {
8515 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8516
8517 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
8518
8519 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
8520 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
8521
8522 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
8523 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8524 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
8525 else
8526 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
8527 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8528 {
8529 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8530 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
8531 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8532 }
8533 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8534 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
8535
8536 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8537 }
8538
8539 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
8540 ranged breakpoints. */
8541
8542 static void
8543 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8544 struct bp_location **last_loc)
8545 {
8546 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8547 struct value_print_options opts;
8548
8549 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
8550 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
8551
8552 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8553
8554 if (opts.addressprint)
8555 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
8556 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
8557 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8558 annotate_field (5);
8559 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
8560 *last_loc = bl;
8561 }
8562
8563 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
8564 ranged breakpoints. */
8565
8566 static void
8567 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
8568 struct ui_out *uiout)
8569 {
8570 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
8571 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8572 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
8573 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
8574
8575 gdb_assert (bl);
8576
8577 address_start = bl->address;
8578 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
8579
8580 ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: ");
8581 fprintf_unfiltered (stb->stream, "[%s, %s]",
8582 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
8583 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
8584 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb);
8585 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8586
8587 do_cleanups (cleanup);
8588 }
8589
8590 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
8591 ranged breakpoints. */
8592
8593 static void
8594 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
8595 {
8596 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8597
8598 gdb_assert (bl);
8599 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
8600
8601 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8602 return;
8603
8604 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
8605 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
8606 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
8607 }
8608
8609 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
8610 ranged breakpoints. */
8611
8612 static void
8613 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8614 {
8615 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s", b->addr_string,
8616 b->addr_string_range_end);
8617 }
8618
8619 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
8620
8621 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops =
8622 {
8623 NULL, /* dtor */
8624 NULL, /* insert */
8625 NULL, /* remove */
8626 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint,
8627 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint,
8628 NULL, /* works_in_software_mode */
8629 print_it_ranged_breakpoint,
8630 print_one_ranged_breakpoint,
8631 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint,
8632 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint,
8633 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
8634 };
8635
8636 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
8637 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
8638 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
8639 last instruction of the given line. */
8640
8641 static CORE_ADDR
8642 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
8643 {
8644 CORE_ADDR end;
8645
8646 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
8647 find the address of the end of the given location. */
8648 if (sal.explicit_pc)
8649 end = sal.pc;
8650 else
8651 {
8652 int ret;
8653 CORE_ADDR start;
8654
8655 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
8656 if (!ret)
8657 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
8658
8659 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
8660 end--;
8661 }
8662
8663 return end;
8664 }
8665
8666 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
8667
8668 static void
8669 break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8670 {
8671 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start, *addr_string_end;
8672 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
8673 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
8674 CORE_ADDR end;
8675 struct breakpoint *b;
8676 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
8677 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_start, sals_end;
8678 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
8679
8680 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
8681 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
8682 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
8683
8684 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8685 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
8686 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
8687 bp_count, 0);
8688 if (can_use_bp < 0)
8689 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8690
8691 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
8692 error(_("No address range specified."));
8693
8694 sals_start.sals = NULL;
8695 sals_start.nelts = 0;
8696 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
8697
8698 while (*arg == ' ' || *arg == '\t')
8699 arg++;
8700
8701 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &sals_start, &canonical_start);
8702
8703 sal_start = sals_start.sals[0];
8704 addr_string_start = canonical_start.canonical[0];
8705 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
8706 xfree (sals_start.sals);
8707 xfree (canonical_start.canonical);
8708
8709 if (arg[0] != ',')
8710 error (_("Too few arguments."));
8711 else if (sals_start.nelts == 0)
8712 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
8713 else if (sals_start.nelts != 1)
8714 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
8715
8716 resolve_sal_pc (&sal_start);
8717
8718 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
8719 while (*arg == ' ' || *arg == '\t')
8720 arg++;
8721
8722 /* Parse the end location. */
8723
8724 sals_end.sals = NULL;
8725 sals_end.nelts = 0;
8726 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
8727 arg_start = arg;
8728
8729 /* We call decode_line_1 directly here instead of using
8730 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
8731 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
8732 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
8733 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
8734 sals_end = decode_line_1 (&arg, 1, sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
8735 &canonical_end);
8736
8737 /* canonical_end can be NULL if it was of the form "*0xdeadbeef". */
8738 if (canonical_end.canonical == NULL)
8739 canonical_end.canonical = xcalloc (1, sizeof (char *));
8740 /* Add the string if not present. */
8741 if (arg_start != arg && canonical_end.canonical[0] == NULL)
8742 canonical_end.canonical[0] = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
8743
8744 sal_end = sals_end.sals[0];
8745 addr_string_end = canonical_end.canonical[0];
8746 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_end);
8747 xfree (sals_end.sals);
8748 xfree (canonical_end.canonical);
8749
8750 if (sals_end.nelts == 0)
8751 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
8752 else if (sals_end.nelts != 1)
8753 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
8754
8755 resolve_sal_pc (&sal_end);
8756
8757 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
8758 if (sal_start.pc > end)
8759 error (_("Invalid address range, end preceeds start."));
8760
8761 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
8762 if (length < 0)
8763 /* Length overflowed. */
8764 error (_("Address range too large."));
8765 else if (length == 1)
8766 {
8767 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
8768 the `hbreak' command. */
8769 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
8770
8771 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
8772
8773 return;
8774 }
8775
8776 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
8777 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
8778 bp_hardware_breakpoint);
8779 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
8780 b->number = breakpoint_count;
8781 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8782 b->addr_string = addr_string_start;
8783 b->addr_string_range_end = addr_string_end;
8784 b->ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
8785 b->loc->length = length;
8786
8787 discard_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
8788
8789 mention (b);
8790 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8791 update_global_location_list (1);
8792 }
8793
8794 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
8795 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
8796 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
8797 zero. */
8798 static int
8799 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
8800 {
8801 int i = exp->nelts;
8802
8803 while (i > 0)
8804 {
8805 int oplenp, argsp;
8806
8807 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
8808 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
8809 i -= oplenp;
8810
8811 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
8812 {
8813 case BINOP_ADD:
8814 case BINOP_SUB:
8815 case BINOP_MUL:
8816 case BINOP_DIV:
8817 case BINOP_REM:
8818 case BINOP_MOD:
8819 case BINOP_LSH:
8820 case BINOP_RSH:
8821 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
8822 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
8823 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
8824 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
8825 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
8826 case BINOP_EQUAL:
8827 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
8828 case BINOP_LESS:
8829 case BINOP_GTR:
8830 case BINOP_LEQ:
8831 case BINOP_GEQ:
8832 case BINOP_REPEAT:
8833 case BINOP_COMMA:
8834 case BINOP_EXP:
8835 case BINOP_MIN:
8836 case BINOP_MAX:
8837 case BINOP_INTDIV:
8838 case BINOP_CONCAT:
8839 case BINOP_IN:
8840 case BINOP_RANGE:
8841 case TERNOP_COND:
8842 case TERNOP_SLICE:
8843 case TERNOP_SLICE_COUNT:
8844
8845 case OP_LONG:
8846 case OP_DOUBLE:
8847 case OP_DECFLOAT:
8848 case OP_LAST:
8849 case OP_COMPLEX:
8850 case OP_STRING:
8851 case OP_BITSTRING:
8852 case OP_ARRAY:
8853 case OP_TYPE:
8854 case OP_NAME:
8855 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
8856
8857 case UNOP_NEG:
8858 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
8859 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
8860 case UNOP_ADDR:
8861 case UNOP_HIGH:
8862 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
8863 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
8864 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
8865 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
8866
8867 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
8868 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
8869 ADDR is. */
8870 break;
8871
8872 case OP_VAR_VALUE:
8873 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
8874
8875 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
8876 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
8877 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
8878 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
8879
8880 We also have to check for function symbols because they
8881 are always constant. */
8882 {
8883 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
8884
8885 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
8886 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
8887 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
8888 return 0;
8889 break;
8890 }
8891
8892 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
8893 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
8894 then it is not a constant. */
8895 default:
8896 return 0;
8897 }
8898 }
8899
8900 return 1;
8901 }
8902
8903 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
8904
8905 static int
8906 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
8907 {
8908 int length = bl->owner->exact? 1 : bl->length;
8909
8910 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
8911 bl->owner->cond_exp);
8912 }
8913
8914 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
8915
8916 static int
8917 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
8918 {
8919 int length = bl->owner->exact? 1 : bl->length;
8920
8921 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
8922 bl->owner->cond_exp);
8923 }
8924
8925 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8926 hardware watchpoints. */
8927
8928 static int
8929 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
8930 {
8931 int length = bl->owner->exact? 1 : bl->length;
8932
8933 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
8934 }
8935
8936 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
8937 hardware watchpoints. */
8938
8939 int
8940 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
8941 {
8942 return b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
8943 }
8944
8945 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
8946
8947 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops =
8948 {
8949 NULL, /* dtor */
8950 insert_watchpoint,
8951 remove_watchpoint,
8952 NULL, /* breakpoint_hit */
8953 resources_needed_watchpoint,
8954 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint,
8955 NULL, /* print_it */
8956 NULL, /* print_one */
8957 NULL, /* print_one_detail */
8958 NULL, /* print_mention */
8959 NULL /* print_recreate */
8960 };
8961
8962 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
8963 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8964
8965 static int
8966 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
8967 {
8968 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, bl->owner->hw_wp_mask,
8969 bl->watchpoint_type);
8970 }
8971
8972 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
8973 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8974
8975 static int
8976 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
8977 {
8978 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, bl->owner->hw_wp_mask,
8979 bl->watchpoint_type);
8980 }
8981
8982 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8983 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8984
8985 static int
8986 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
8987 {
8988 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address,
8989 bl->owner->hw_wp_mask);
8990 }
8991
8992 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
8993 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8994
8995 static int
8996 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
8997 {
8998 return 0;
8999 }
9000
9001 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9002 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9003
9004 static enum print_stop_action
9005 print_it_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
9006 {
9007 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
9008 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
9009
9010 switch (b->type)
9011 {
9012 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
9013 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
9014 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9015 ui_out_field_string
9016 (uiout, "reason",
9017 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
9018 break;
9019
9020 case bp_read_watchpoint:
9021 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9022 ui_out_field_string
9023 (uiout, "reason",
9024 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
9025 break;
9026
9027 case bp_access_watchpoint:
9028 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9029 ui_out_field_string
9030 (uiout, "reason",
9031 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
9032 break;
9033 default:
9034 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9035 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
9036 }
9037
9038 mention (b);
9039 ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\
9040 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
9041 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
9042 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
9043
9044 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
9045 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
9046 }
9047
9048 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
9049 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9050
9051 static void
9052 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
9053 struct ui_out *uiout)
9054 {
9055 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
9056 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
9057
9058 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask ");
9059 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, b->hw_wp_mask);
9060 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
9061 }
9062
9063 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
9064 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9065
9066 static void
9067 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
9068 {
9069 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
9070
9071 switch (b->type)
9072 {
9073 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
9074 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
9075 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
9076 break;
9077 case bp_read_watchpoint:
9078 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
9079 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
9080 break;
9081 case bp_access_watchpoint:
9082 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
9083 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
9084 break;
9085 default:
9086 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9087 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
9088 }
9089
9090 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
9091 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
9092 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string);
9093 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
9094 }
9095
9096 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9097 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9098
9099 static void
9100 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
9101 {
9102 char tmp[40];
9103
9104 switch (b->type)
9105 {
9106 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
9107 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
9108 break;
9109 case bp_read_watchpoint:
9110 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
9111 break;
9112 case bp_access_watchpoint:
9113 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
9114 break;
9115 default:
9116 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9117 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
9118 }
9119
9120 sprintf_vma (tmp, b->hw_wp_mask);
9121 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", b->exp_string, tmp);
9122 }
9123
9124 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
9125
9126 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops =
9127 {
9128 NULL, /* dtor */
9129 insert_masked_watchpoint,
9130 remove_masked_watchpoint,
9131 NULL, /* breakpoint_hit */
9132 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint,
9133 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint,
9134 print_it_masked_watchpoint,
9135 NULL, /* print_one */
9136 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint,
9137 print_mention_masked_watchpoint,
9138 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
9139 };
9140
9141 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
9142
9143 static int
9144 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
9145 {
9146 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
9147 }
9148
9149 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
9150 hw_read: watch read,
9151 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
9152 static void
9153 watch_command_1 (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
9154 int just_location, int internal)
9155 {
9156 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
9157 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
9158 struct expression *exp;
9159 struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
9160 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
9161 struct frame_info *frame;
9162 char *exp_start = NULL;
9163 char *exp_end = NULL;
9164 char *tok, *end_tok;
9165 int toklen = -1;
9166 char *cond_start = NULL;
9167 char *cond_end = NULL;
9168 enum bptype bp_type;
9169 int thread = -1;
9170 int pc = 0;
9171 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
9172 the hardware watchpoint. */
9173 int use_mask = 0;
9174 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
9175
9176 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
9177 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
9178 {
9179 char *value_start;
9180
9181 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
9182 of the arguments string. */
9183 for (tok = arg + strlen (arg) - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
9184 {
9185 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
9186 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
9187 tok--;
9188
9189 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
9190 This is the value of the parameter. */
9191 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
9192 tok--;
9193 value_start = tok + 1;
9194
9195 /* Skip whitespace. */
9196 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
9197 tok--;
9198
9199 end_tok = tok;
9200
9201 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
9202 This is the parameter itself. */
9203 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
9204 tok--;
9205 tok++;
9206 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
9207
9208 if (toklen == 6 && !strncmp (tok, "thread", 6))
9209 {
9210 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
9211 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
9212 only in a specific thread. */
9213 char *endp;
9214
9215 if (thread != -1)
9216 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
9217
9218 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
9219 thread = strtol (value_start, &endp, 0);
9220
9221 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
9222 thread ID. */
9223 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
9224 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start);
9225
9226 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
9227 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
9228 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), thread);
9229 }
9230 else if (toklen == 4 && !strncmp (tok, "mask", 4))
9231 {
9232 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
9233 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
9234 facility. */
9235 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
9236
9237 if (use_mask)
9238 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
9239
9240 use_mask = just_location = 1;
9241
9242 mark = value_mark ();
9243 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
9244 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
9245 value_free_to_mark (mark);
9246 }
9247 else
9248 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
9249 break;
9250
9251 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
9252 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
9253 *tok = '\0';
9254 }
9255 }
9256
9257 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
9258 innermost_block = NULL;
9259 exp_start = arg;
9260 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0);
9261 exp_end = arg;
9262 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
9263 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
9264 prettier. */
9265 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
9266 --exp_end;
9267
9268 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
9269 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
9270 {
9271 int len;
9272
9273 len = exp_end - exp_start;
9274 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
9275 len--;
9276 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
9277 }
9278
9279 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
9280 mark = value_mark ();
9281 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL);
9282
9283 if (just_location)
9284 {
9285 int ret;
9286
9287 exp_valid_block = NULL;
9288 val = value_addr (result);
9289 release_value (val);
9290 value_free_to_mark (mark);
9291
9292 if (use_mask)
9293 {
9294 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
9295 mask);
9296 if (ret == -1)
9297 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
9298 else if (ret == -2)
9299 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
9300 }
9301 }
9302 else if (val != NULL)
9303 release_value (val);
9304
9305 tok = skip_spaces (arg);
9306 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
9307
9308 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9309 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9310 {
9311 struct expression *cond;
9312
9313 innermost_block = NULL;
9314 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9315 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0);
9316
9317 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
9318 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
9319 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
9320
9321 xfree (cond);
9322 cond_end = tok;
9323 }
9324 if (*tok)
9325 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
9326
9327 if (accessflag == hw_read)
9328 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
9329 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
9330 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
9331 else
9332 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
9333
9334 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
9335
9336 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
9337 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
9338 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
9339 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
9340 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
9341 {
9342 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
9343 {
9344 scope_breakpoint
9345 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
9346 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
9347 bp_watchpoint_scope);
9348
9349 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
9350
9351 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
9352 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
9353
9354 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
9355 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
9356
9357 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
9358 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
9359 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
9360 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
9361 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
9362 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
9363 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
9364 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
9365 scope_breakpoint->type);
9366 }
9367 }
9368
9369 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
9370 b = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (NULL, bp_type);
9371 b->thread = thread;
9372 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
9373 b->exp = exp;
9374 b->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
9375 b->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
9376 if (just_location)
9377 {
9378 struct type *t = value_type (val);
9379 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
9380 char *name;
9381
9382 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
9383 name = type_to_string (t);
9384
9385 b->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
9386 core_addr_to_string (addr));
9387 xfree (name);
9388
9389 b->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
9390 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
9391
9392 /* The above expression is in C. */
9393 b->language = language_c;
9394 }
9395 else
9396 b->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
9397
9398 if (use_mask)
9399 {
9400 b->hw_wp_mask = mask;
9401 b->ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
9402 }
9403 else
9404 {
9405 b->val = val;
9406 b->val_valid = 1;
9407 b->ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
9408 }
9409
9410 if (cond_start)
9411 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9412 else
9413 b->cond_string = 0;
9414
9415 if (frame)
9416 {
9417 b->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
9418 b->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
9419 }
9420 else
9421 {
9422 b->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
9423 b->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
9424 }
9425
9426 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
9427 {
9428 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
9429 need to act on them together. */
9430 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
9431 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
9432 }
9433
9434 if (!just_location)
9435 value_free_to_mark (mark);
9436
9437 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
9438 {
9439 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
9440 that should be inserted. */
9441 update_watchpoint (b, 1);
9442 }
9443 if (e.reason < 0)
9444 {
9445 delete_breakpoint (b);
9446 throw_exception (e);
9447 }
9448
9449 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
9450
9451 /* Do not mention breakpoints with a negative number, but do
9452 notify observers. */
9453 if (!internal)
9454 mention (b);
9455 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
9456
9457 update_global_location_list (1);
9458 }
9459
9460 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
9461 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
9462
9463 static int
9464 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
9465 {
9466 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
9467 struct value *head = v;
9468
9469 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
9470 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
9471 return 0;
9472
9473 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
9474 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
9475 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
9476 hardware watchpoint.
9477
9478 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
9479 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
9480 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
9481 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
9482 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
9483 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
9484 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
9485 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
9486 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
9487
9488 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
9489 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
9490 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
9491 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
9492 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
9493 {
9494 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
9495 {
9496 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
9497 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
9498 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
9499 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
9500 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
9501 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
9502 ;
9503 else
9504 {
9505 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
9506 it with hardware watchpoints. */
9507 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
9508
9509 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
9510 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
9511 middle of some value chain. */
9512 if (v == head
9513 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
9514 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
9515 {
9516 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
9517 int len;
9518 int num_regs;
9519
9520 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
9521 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
9522 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
9523
9524 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
9525 if (!num_regs)
9526 return 0;
9527 else
9528 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
9529 }
9530 }
9531 }
9532 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
9533 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
9534 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
9535 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
9536 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
9537 }
9538
9539 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
9540 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
9541 return found_memory_cnt;
9542 }
9543
9544 void
9545 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
9546 {
9547 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
9548 }
9549
9550 /* A helper function that looks for an argument at the start of a
9551 string. The argument must also either be at the end of the string,
9552 or be followed by whitespace. Returns 1 if it finds the argument,
9553 0 otherwise. If the argument is found, it updates *STR. */
9554
9555 static int
9556 check_for_argument (char **str, char *arg, int arg_len)
9557 {
9558 if (strncmp (*str, arg, arg_len) == 0
9559 && ((*str)[arg_len] == '\0' || isspace ((*str)[arg_len])))
9560 {
9561 *str += arg_len;
9562 return 1;
9563 }
9564 return 0;
9565 }
9566
9567 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
9568 calls watch_command_1. */
9569
9570 static void
9571 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
9572 {
9573 int just_location = 0;
9574
9575 if (arg
9576 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
9577 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
9578 {
9579 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9580 just_location = 1;
9581 }
9582
9583 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
9584 }
9585
9586 static void
9587 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9588 {
9589 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
9590 }
9591
9592 void
9593 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
9594 {
9595 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
9596 }
9597
9598 static void
9599 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9600 {
9601 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
9602 }
9603
9604 void
9605 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
9606 {
9607 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
9608 }
9609
9610 static void
9611 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9612 {
9613 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
9614 }
9615 \f
9616
9617 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
9618 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
9619
9620 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
9621 {
9622 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
9623 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
9624 int thread_num;
9625 };
9626
9627 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
9628 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
9629 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
9630 command. */
9631 static void
9632 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg, int err)
9633 {
9634 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
9635
9636 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
9637 if (a->breakpoint2)
9638 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
9639 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a->thread_num);
9640 }
9641
9642 void
9643 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
9644 {
9645 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
9646 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9647 struct frame_info *frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
9648 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
9649 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
9650 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9651 int thread;
9652 struct thread_info *tp;
9653
9654 clear_proceed_status ();
9655
9656 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
9657 this function. */
9658
9659 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
9660 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab,
9661 default_breakpoint_line, NULL);
9662 else
9663 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0, NULL);
9664
9665 if (sals.nelts != 1)
9666 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
9667
9668 sal = sals.sals[0];
9669 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
9670
9671 if (*arg)
9672 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9673
9674 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
9675
9676 if (anywhere)
9677 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
9678 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
9679 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame), sal,
9680 null_frame_id, bp_until);
9681 else
9682 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
9683 only at the very same frame. */
9684 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame), sal,
9685 get_stack_frame_id (frame),
9686 bp_until);
9687
9688 old_chain = make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
9689
9690 tp = inferior_thread ();
9691 thread = tp->num;
9692
9693 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
9694 one. */
9695
9696 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
9697 {
9698 sal = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
9699 sal.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
9700 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
9701 sal,
9702 frame_unwind_caller_id (frame),
9703 bp_until);
9704 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
9705
9706 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, frame_unwind_caller_id (frame));
9707 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
9708 }
9709
9710 proceed (-1, TARGET_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
9711
9712 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
9713 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
9714 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
9715 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
9716
9717 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
9718 {
9719 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
9720 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
9721
9722 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
9723 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
9724 args->thread_num = thread;
9725
9726 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
9727 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
9728 until_break_command_continuation, args,
9729 xfree);
9730 }
9731 else
9732 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9733 }
9734
9735 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
9736 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
9737
9738 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
9739 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
9740 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
9741 if clause in the arg string. */
9742
9743 static char *
9744 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
9745 {
9746 char *cond_string;
9747
9748 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
9749 return NULL;
9750
9751 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
9752 (*arg) += 2;
9753
9754 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
9755 condition string. */
9756 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
9757 cond_string = *arg;
9758
9759 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
9760 string. */
9761 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
9762
9763 return cond_string;
9764 }
9765
9766 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
9767 process start/exit, etc. */
9768
9769 typedef enum
9770 {
9771 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
9772 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
9773 }
9774 catch_fork_kind;
9775
9776 static void
9777 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
9778 struct cmd_list_element *command)
9779 {
9780 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
9781 char *cond_string = NULL;
9782 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
9783 int tempflag;
9784
9785 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
9786 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
9787 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
9788
9789 if (!arg)
9790 arg = "";
9791 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9792
9793 /* The allowed syntax is:
9794 catch [v]fork
9795 catch [v]fork if <cond>
9796
9797 First, check if there's an if clause. */
9798 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
9799
9800 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
9801 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9802
9803 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
9804 and enable reporting of such events. */
9805 switch (fork_kind)
9806 {
9807 case catch_fork_temporary:
9808 case catch_fork_permanent:
9809 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
9810 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
9811 break;
9812 case catch_vfork_temporary:
9813 case catch_vfork_permanent:
9814 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
9815 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
9816 break;
9817 default:
9818 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
9819 break;
9820 }
9821 }
9822
9823 static void
9824 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
9825 struct cmd_list_element *command)
9826 {
9827 struct exec_catchpoint *c;
9828 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
9829 int tempflag;
9830 char *cond_string = NULL;
9831
9832 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
9833
9834 if (!arg)
9835 arg = "";
9836 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9837
9838 /* The allowed syntax is:
9839 catch exec
9840 catch exec if <cond>
9841
9842 First, check if there's an if clause. */
9843 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
9844
9845 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
9846 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9847
9848 c = XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint);
9849 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
9850 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
9851 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
9852
9853 /* Now, we have to mention the breakpoint and update the global
9854 location list. */
9855 mention (&c->base);
9856 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (&c->base);
9857 update_global_location_list (1);
9858 }
9859
9860 static enum print_stop_action
9861 print_it_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
9862 {
9863 int bp_temp, bp_throw;
9864
9865 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
9866
9867 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
9868 if (b->loc->address != b->loc->requested_address)
9869 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b->loc->requested_address,
9870 b->loc->address,
9871 b->number, 1);
9872 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
9873 ui_out_text (uiout,
9874 bp_temp ? "Temporary catchpoint "
9875 : "Catchpoint ");
9876 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9877 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
9878 ui_out_text (uiout,
9879 bp_throw ? " (exception thrown), "
9880 : " (exception caught), ");
9881 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9882 {
9883 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
9884 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
9885 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
9886 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
9887 }
9888 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
9889 }
9890
9891 static void
9892 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9893 struct bp_location **last_loc)
9894 {
9895 struct value_print_options opts;
9896
9897 get_user_print_options (&opts);
9898 if (opts.addressprint)
9899 {
9900 annotate_field (4);
9901 if (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->shlib_disabled)
9902 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
9903 else
9904 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
9905 b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address);
9906 }
9907 annotate_field (5);
9908 if (b->loc)
9909 *last_loc = b->loc;
9910 if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL)
9911 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception throw");
9912 else
9913 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception catch");
9914 }
9915
9916 static void
9917 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
9918 {
9919 int bp_temp;
9920 int bp_throw;
9921
9922 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
9923 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
9924 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_temp ? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
9925 : _("Catchpoint "));
9926 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
9927 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_throw ? _(" (throw)")
9928 : _(" (catch)"));
9929 }
9930
9931 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for throw and
9932 catch catchpoints. */
9933
9934 static void
9935 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9936 struct ui_file *fp)
9937 {
9938 int bp_temp;
9939 int bp_throw;
9940
9941 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
9942 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
9943 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_temp ? "tcatch " : "catch ");
9944 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_throw ? "throw" : "catch");
9945 }
9946
9947 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops = {
9948 NULL, /* dtor */
9949 NULL, /* insert */
9950 NULL, /* remove */
9951 NULL, /* breakpoint_hit */
9952 NULL, /* resources_needed */
9953 NULL, /* works_in_software_mode */
9954 print_it_exception_catchpoint,
9955 print_one_exception_catchpoint,
9956 NULL, /* print_one_detail */
9957 print_mention_exception_catchpoint,
9958 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint
9959 };
9960
9961 static int
9962 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
9963 enum exception_event_kind ex_event, int from_tty)
9964 {
9965 char *trigger_func_name;
9966
9967 if (ex_event == EX_EVENT_CATCH)
9968 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_begin_catch";
9969 else
9970 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_throw";
9971
9972 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9973 trigger_func_name, cond_string, -1,
9974 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
9975 tempflag, bp_breakpoint,
9976 0,
9977 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE /* pending */,
9978 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops, from_tty,
9979 1 /* enabled */,
9980 0 /* internal */);
9981
9982 return 1;
9983 }
9984
9985 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands. */
9986
9987 static void
9988 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event, char *arg,
9989 int tempflag, int from_tty)
9990 {
9991 char *cond_string = NULL;
9992
9993 if (!arg)
9994 arg = "";
9995 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9996
9997 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
9998
9999 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
10000 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
10001
10002 if (ex_event != EX_EVENT_THROW
10003 && ex_event != EX_EVENT_CATCH)
10004 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
10005
10006 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag, cond_string, ex_event, from_tty))
10007 return;
10008
10009 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
10010 }
10011
10012 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
10013
10014 static void
10015 catch_catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
10016 {
10017 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
10018
10019 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
10020 }
10021
10022 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
10023
10024 static void
10025 catch_throw_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
10026 {
10027 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
10028
10029 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
10030 }
10031
10032 /* Create a breakpoint struct for Ada exception catchpoints. */
10033
10034 static void
10035 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
10036 struct symtab_and_line sal,
10037 char *addr_string,
10038 char *exp_string,
10039 char *cond_string,
10040 struct expression *cond,
10041 struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
10042 int tempflag,
10043 int from_tty)
10044 {
10045 struct breakpoint *b;
10046
10047 if (from_tty)
10048 {
10049 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
10050 if (!loc_gdbarch)
10051 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
10052
10053 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
10054 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
10055 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
10056 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
10057 used for different exception names will use the same address.
10058 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
10059 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
10060 inapropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
10061 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
10062 enough for now, though. */
10063 }
10064
10065 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint);
10066 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
10067
10068 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
10069 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
10070 b->number = breakpoint_count;
10071 b->ignore_count = 0;
10072 b->loc->cond = cond;
10073 b->addr_string = addr_string;
10074 b->language = language_ada;
10075 b->cond_string = cond_string;
10076 b->exp_string = exp_string;
10077 b->thread = -1;
10078 b->ops = ops;
10079
10080 mention (b);
10081 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
10082 update_global_location_list (1);
10083 }
10084
10085 /* Implement the "catch exception" command. */
10086
10087 static void
10088 catch_ada_exception_command (char *arg, int from_tty,
10089 struct cmd_list_element *command)
10090 {
10091 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
10092 int tempflag;
10093 struct symtab_and_line sal;
10094 char *addr_string = NULL;
10095 char *exp_string = NULL;
10096 char *cond_string = NULL;
10097 struct expression *cond = NULL;
10098 struct breakpoint_ops *ops = NULL;
10099
10100 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
10101
10102 if (!arg)
10103 arg = "";
10104 sal = ada_decode_exception_location (arg, &addr_string, &exp_string,
10105 &cond_string, &cond, &ops);
10106 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, addr_string, exp_string,
10107 cond_string, cond, ops, tempflag,
10108 from_tty);
10109 }
10110
10111 /* Cleanup function for a syscall filter list. */
10112 static void
10113 clean_up_filters (void *arg)
10114 {
10115 VEC(int) *iter = *(VEC(int) **) arg;
10116 VEC_free (int, iter);
10117 }
10118
10119 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
10120 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
10121 static VEC(int) *
10122 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg)
10123 {
10124 VEC(int) *result = NULL;
10125 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (clean_up_filters, &result);
10126
10127 while (*arg != '\0')
10128 {
10129 int i, syscall_number;
10130 char *endptr;
10131 char cur_name[128];
10132 struct syscall s;
10133
10134 /* Skip whitespace. */
10135 while (isspace (*arg))
10136 arg++;
10137
10138 for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i)
10139 cur_name[i] = arg[i];
10140 cur_name[i] = '\0';
10141 arg += i;
10142
10143 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
10144 syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0);
10145 if (*endptr == '\0')
10146 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number, &s);
10147 else
10148 {
10149 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
10150 to a number. */
10151 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name, &s);
10152
10153 if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL)
10154 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
10155 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
10156 syscall number to be caught. */
10157 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name);
10158 }
10159
10160 /* Ok, it's valid. */
10161 VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number);
10162 }
10163
10164 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
10165 return result;
10166 }
10167
10168 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
10169
10170 static void
10171 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
10172 struct cmd_list_element *command)
10173 {
10174 int tempflag;
10175 VEC(int) *filter;
10176 struct syscall s;
10177 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
10178
10179 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
10180 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0)
10181 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
10182 this architecture yet."));
10183
10184 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
10185
10186 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10187
10188 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
10189 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
10190 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
10191 for his/her architecture. */
10192 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s);
10193
10194 /* The allowed syntax is:
10195 catch syscall
10196 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
10197
10198 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
10199
10200 if (arg != NULL)
10201 filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg);
10202 else
10203 filter = NULL;
10204
10205 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter,
10206 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
10207 }
10208
10209 /* Implement the "catch assert" command. */
10210
10211 static void
10212 catch_assert_command (char *arg, int from_tty,
10213 struct cmd_list_element *command)
10214 {
10215 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
10216 int tempflag;
10217 struct symtab_and_line sal;
10218 char *addr_string = NULL;
10219 struct breakpoint_ops *ops = NULL;
10220
10221 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
10222
10223 if (!arg)
10224 arg = "";
10225 sal = ada_decode_assert_location (arg, &addr_string, &ops);
10226 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, addr_string, NULL, NULL, NULL,
10227 ops, tempflag, from_tty);
10228 }
10229
10230 static void
10231 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10232 {
10233 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
10234 }
10235 \f
10236
10237 static void
10238 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10239 {
10240 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
10241 }
10242
10243 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
10244
10245 static void
10246 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10247 {
10248 struct breakpoint *b;
10249 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
10250 int ix;
10251 int default_match;
10252 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
10253 struct symtab_and_line sal;
10254 int i;
10255
10256 if (arg)
10257 {
10258 sals = decode_line_spec (arg, 1);
10259 default_match = 0;
10260 }
10261 else
10262 {
10263 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
10264 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
10265 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
10266 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
10267 sal.line = default_breakpoint_line;
10268 sal.symtab = default_breakpoint_symtab;
10269 sal.pc = default_breakpoint_address;
10270 sal.pspace = default_breakpoint_pspace;
10271 if (sal.symtab == 0)
10272 error (_("No source file specified."));
10273
10274 sals.sals[0] = sal;
10275 sals.nelts = 1;
10276
10277 default_match = 1;
10278 }
10279
10280 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
10281 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
10282 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
10283 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
10284
10285 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
10286 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
10287 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
10288 due to optimization, all in one block.
10289
10290 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
10291 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
10292 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
10293 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
10294 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
10295 to support that. */
10296
10297 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
10298 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
10299 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
10300 breakpoint. */
10301
10302 found = NULL;
10303 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
10304 {
10305 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
10306 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
10307 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
10308 or at default pc.
10309
10310 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
10311
10312 0 1 pc
10313 1 1 pc _and_ line
10314 0 0 line
10315 1 0 <can't happen> */
10316
10317 sal = sals.sals[i];
10318
10319 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
10320 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10321 {
10322 int match = 0;
10323 /* Are we going to delete b? */
10324 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
10325 {
10326 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
10327 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
10328 {
10329 int pc_match = sal.pc
10330 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
10331 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
10332 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
10333 || loc->section == sal.section);
10334 int line_match = ((default_match || (0 == sal.pc))
10335 && b->source_file != NULL
10336 && sal.symtab != NULL
10337 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
10338 && filename_cmp (b->source_file,
10339 sal.symtab->filename) == 0
10340 && b->line_number == sal.line);
10341 if (pc_match || line_match)
10342 {
10343 match = 1;
10344 break;
10345 }
10346 }
10347 }
10348
10349 if (match)
10350 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
10351 }
10352 }
10353 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
10354 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
10355 {
10356 if (arg)
10357 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
10358 else
10359 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
10360 }
10361
10362 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
10363 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
10364 if (from_tty)
10365 {
10366 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
10367 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
10368 else
10369 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
10370 }
10371 breakpoints_changed ();
10372
10373 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
10374 {
10375 if (from_tty)
10376 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
10377 delete_breakpoint (b);
10378 }
10379 if (from_tty)
10380 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
10381 }
10382 \f
10383 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
10384 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
10385 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
10386
10387 void
10388 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
10389 {
10390 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
10391
10392 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
10393 if (bs->breakpoint_at
10394 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
10395 && bs->stop)
10396 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
10397
10398 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
10399 {
10400 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
10401 delete_breakpoint (b);
10402 }
10403 }
10404
10405 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
10406 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
10407 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
10408 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
10409 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
10410 qsort being an instable algorithm. */
10411
10412 static int
10413 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
10414 {
10415 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
10416 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
10417 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
10418 int a_perm = a->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
10419 int b_perm = b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
10420
10421 if (a->address != b->address)
10422 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
10423
10424 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
10425 if (a_perm != b_perm)
10426 return (a_perm < b_perm) - (a_perm > b_perm);
10427
10428 /* Make the user-visible order stable across GDB runs. Locations of
10429 the same breakpoint can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
10430
10431 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
10432 return (a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
10433 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number);
10434
10435 return (a > b) - (a < b);
10436 }
10437
10438 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
10439 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
10440 content of the bp_location array. */
10441
10442 static void
10443 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
10444 {
10445 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
10446
10447 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
10448 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
10449
10450 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
10451 {
10452 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
10453
10454 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
10455 continue;
10456
10457 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
10458 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
10459
10460 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
10461 addr = bl->address - start;
10462 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
10463 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
10464
10465 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
10466
10467 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
10468 addr = end - bl->address;
10469 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
10470 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
10471 }
10472 }
10473
10474 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
10475 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
10476 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
10477 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
10478 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
10479 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
10480 returns true on them.
10481
10482 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
10483 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
10484 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
10485 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
10486 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
10487 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
10488
10489 static void
10490 update_global_location_list (int should_insert)
10491 {
10492 struct breakpoint *b;
10493 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
10494 struct cleanup *cleanups;
10495
10496 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
10497 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
10498 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
10499 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
10500 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
10501 once. */
10502 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
10503 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
10504 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
10505 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
10506
10507 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
10508 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
10509 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
10510 unsigned old_location_count;
10511
10512 old_location = bp_location;
10513 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
10514 bp_location = NULL;
10515 bp_location_count = 0;
10516 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
10517
10518 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10519 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
10520 bp_location_count++;
10521
10522 bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count);
10523 locp = bp_location;
10524 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10525 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
10526 *locp++ = loc;
10527 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
10528 bp_location_compare);
10529
10530 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
10531
10532 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
10533 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
10534 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
10535 if there's another location at the same address (previously
10536 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
10537 location.
10538
10539 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
10540 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
10541
10542 locp = bp_location;
10543 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
10544 old_locp++)
10545 {
10546 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
10547 struct bp_location **loc2p;
10548
10549 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found amoung the new locations. If
10550 not, we have to free it. */
10551 int found_object = 0;
10552 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
10553 int keep_in_target = 0;
10554 int removed = 0;
10555
10556 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
10557 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
10558 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
10559 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
10560 locp++;
10561
10562 for (loc2p = locp;
10563 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
10564 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
10565 loc2p++)
10566 {
10567 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
10568 {
10569 found_object = 1;
10570 break;
10571 }
10572 }
10573
10574 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
10575 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
10576 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
10577 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
10578 at certain location is not inserted. */
10579
10580 if (old_loc->inserted)
10581 {
10582 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
10583 it. */
10584
10585 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
10586 {
10587 /* The location is still present in the location list,
10588 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
10589 keep_in_target = 1;
10590 }
10591 else
10592 {
10593 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
10594 disabled. See if there's another location at the
10595 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
10596 this one from the target. */
10597
10598 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
10599 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
10600 {
10601 for (loc2p = locp;
10602 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
10603 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
10604 loc2p++)
10605 {
10606 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
10607
10608 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
10609 {
10610 /* For the sake of should_be_inserted.
10611 Duplicates check below will fix up this
10612 later. */
10613 loc2->duplicate = 0;
10614
10615 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
10616 access watchpoints, if the former are not
10617 supported, but the latter are. */
10618 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
10619 {
10620 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
10621 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
10622 }
10623
10624 if (loc2 != old_loc && should_be_inserted (loc2))
10625 {
10626 loc2->inserted = 1;
10627 loc2->target_info = old_loc->target_info;
10628 keep_in_target = 1;
10629 break;
10630 }
10631 }
10632 }
10633 }
10634 }
10635
10636 if (!keep_in_target)
10637 {
10638 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
10639 {
10640 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
10641 this location on the global list, and try to
10642 remove it next time, but there's no particular
10643 reason why we will succeed next time.
10644
10645 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
10646 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
10647 only after calling us. */
10648 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
10649 "breakpoint %d\n"),
10650 old_loc->owner->number);
10651 }
10652 removed = 1;
10653 }
10654 }
10655
10656 if (!found_object)
10657 {
10658 if (removed && non_stop
10659 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)
10660 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
10661 {
10662 /* This location was removed from the target. In
10663 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
10664 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
10665 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
10666 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
10667 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
10668 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
10669 after we see some number of events. The theory here
10670 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
10671 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
10672 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
10673 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
10674 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
10675 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
10676 SIGTRAP.
10677
10678 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
10679 decr_pc_after_break targets.
10680
10681 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
10682 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
10683 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
10684 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
10685 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
10686 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
10687 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
10688 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
10689 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
10690 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
10691 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
10692 targets that do not support new thread events, like
10693 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
10694 thread_count.
10695
10696 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
10697 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
10698 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
10699 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
10700
10701 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
10702 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
10703 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
10704 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
10705 traps we can no longer explain. */
10706
10707 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
10708 old_loc->owner = NULL;
10709
10710 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
10711 }
10712 else
10713 {
10714 old_loc->owner = NULL;
10715 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
10716 }
10717 }
10718 }
10719
10720 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
10721 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
10722 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
10723 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
10724 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
10725 are sorted first for the same address.
10726
10727 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
10728 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
10729
10730 bp_loc_first = NULL;
10731 wp_loc_first = NULL;
10732 awp_loc_first = NULL;
10733 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
10734 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
10735 {
10736 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
10737 non-NULL. */
10738 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
10739 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
10740
10741 if (b->enable_state == bp_disabled
10742 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled
10743 || b->enable_state == bp_startup_disabled
10744 || !loc->enabled
10745 || loc->shlib_disabled
10746 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
10747 || is_tracepoint (b))
10748 continue;
10749
10750 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
10751 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent && ! loc->inserted)
10752 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10753 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
10754 "actually inserted"));
10755
10756 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
10757 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
10758 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
10759 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
10760 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
10761 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
10762 else
10763 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
10764
10765 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
10766 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
10767 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
10768 {
10769 *loc_first_p = loc;
10770 loc->duplicate = 0;
10771 continue;
10772 }
10773
10774 loc->duplicate = 1;
10775
10776 if ((*loc_first_p)->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent && loc->inserted
10777 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
10778 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10779 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
10780 "a permanent breakpoint"));
10781 }
10782
10783 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () && should_insert
10784 && (have_live_inferiors ()
10785 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch))))
10786 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
10787
10788 do_cleanups (cleanups);
10789 }
10790
10791 void
10792 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
10793 {
10794 struct bp_location *loc;
10795 int ix;
10796
10797 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
10798 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
10799 {
10800 decref_bp_location (&loc);
10801 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
10802 --ix;
10803 }
10804 }
10805
10806 static void
10807 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting)
10808 {
10809 struct gdb_exception e;
10810
10811 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
10812 update_global_location_list (inserting);
10813 }
10814
10815 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
10816
10817 static void
10818 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
10819 {
10820 bpstat bs;
10821
10822 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
10823 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
10824 {
10825 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
10826 bs->old_val = NULL;
10827 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
10828 }
10829 }
10830
10831 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
10832 static int
10833 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
10834 {
10835 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
10836
10837 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
10838 return 0;
10839 }
10840
10841 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
10842 structures. */
10843
10844 void
10845 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
10846 {
10847 struct breakpoint *b;
10848
10849 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
10850
10851 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
10852 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
10853 especial culprits.
10854
10855 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
10856 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
10857 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
10858 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
10859 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
10860 deleted.
10861
10862 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
10863 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
10864 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
10865 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
10866 was chosen. */
10867 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
10868 return;
10869
10870 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
10871 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
10872 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
10873 {
10874 struct breakpoint *related;
10875
10876 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
10877 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (bpt->related_breakpoint);
10878 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
10879 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (bpt);
10880
10881 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
10882 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
10883 related = related->related_breakpoint);
10884 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
10885 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
10886 }
10887
10888 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
10889 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
10890 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
10891 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
10892 if (bpt->number)
10893 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
10894
10895 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
10896 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
10897
10898 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10899 if (b->next == bpt)
10900 {
10901 b->next = bpt->next;
10902 break;
10903 }
10904
10905 if (bpt->ops != NULL && bpt->ops->dtor != NULL)
10906 bpt->ops->dtor (bpt);
10907
10908 decref_counted_command_line (&bpt->commands);
10909 xfree (bpt->cond_string);
10910 xfree (bpt->cond_exp);
10911 xfree (bpt->addr_string);
10912 xfree (bpt->addr_string_range_end);
10913 xfree (bpt->exp);
10914 xfree (bpt->exp_string);
10915 xfree (bpt->exp_string_reparse);
10916 value_free (bpt->val);
10917 xfree (bpt->source_file);
10918
10919
10920 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
10921 been freed. */
10922 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
10923 in all threeds for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
10924 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
10925 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
10926 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
10927 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
10928 commands won't work. */
10929
10930 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
10931
10932 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
10933 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
10934 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
10935 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
10936 might be better design to have location completely
10937 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
10938 update_global_location_list (0);
10939
10940
10941 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
10942 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
10943 bpt->type = bp_none;
10944
10945 xfree (bpt);
10946 }
10947
10948 static void
10949 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
10950 {
10951 delete_breakpoint (b);
10952 }
10953
10954 struct cleanup *
10955 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10956 {
10957 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
10958 }
10959
10960 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
10961 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
10962
10963 static void
10964 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
10965 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
10966 void *),
10967 void *data)
10968 {
10969 struct breakpoint *related;
10970
10971 related = b;
10972 do
10973 {
10974 struct breakpoint *next;
10975
10976 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
10977 next = related->related_breakpoint;
10978
10979 if (next == related)
10980 {
10981 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
10982 function (related, data);
10983
10984 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
10985 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
10986 out. */
10987 break;
10988 }
10989 else
10990 function (related, data);
10991
10992 related = next;
10993 }
10994 while (related != b);
10995 }
10996
10997 static void
10998 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
10999 {
11000 delete_breakpoint (b);
11001 }
11002
11003 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
11004 delete_breakpoint. */
11005
11006 static void
11007 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
11008 {
11009 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
11010 }
11011
11012 void
11013 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11014 {
11015 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
11016
11017 dont_repeat ();
11018
11019 if (arg == 0)
11020 {
11021 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
11022
11023 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
11024 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
11025 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
11026 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11027 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
11028 {
11029 breaks_to_delete = 1;
11030 break;
11031 }
11032
11033 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
11034 if (!from_tty
11035 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
11036 {
11037 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
11038 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
11039 delete_breakpoint (b);
11040 }
11041 }
11042 else
11043 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
11044 }
11045
11046 static int
11047 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
11048 {
11049 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
11050 if (!loc->shlib_disabled)
11051 return 0;
11052 return 1;
11053 }
11054
11055 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
11056 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
11057 Null names are ignored. */
11058
11059 static int
11060 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
11061 {
11062 struct bp_location *l;
11063 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
11064 (int (*) (const void *,
11065 const void *)) streq,
11066 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
11067
11068 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
11069 {
11070 const char **slot;
11071 const char *name = l->function_name;
11072
11073 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
11074 if (name == NULL)
11075 continue;
11076
11077 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
11078 INSERT);
11079 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
11080 returns NULL. */
11081 if (*slot != NULL)
11082 {
11083 htab_delete (htab);
11084 return 1;
11085 }
11086 *slot = name;
11087 }
11088
11089 htab_delete (htab);
11090 return 0;
11091 }
11092
11093 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
11094 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
11095 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
11096 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
11097 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
11098 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
11099 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
11100 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
11101 The heuristic is:
11102
11103 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
11104 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
11105 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
11106 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
11107 in the sources, and output a warning.
11108
11109 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
11110 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
11111 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
11112 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
11113 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
11114 warning.
11115
11116 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
11117 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
11118 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
11119 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
11120 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
11121 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
11122 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
11123 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
11124 precisely because it confuses tools). */
11125
11126 static struct symtab_and_line
11127 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
11128 {
11129 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
11130 CORE_ADDR pc;
11131 int i;
11132
11133 pc = sal.pc;
11134 if (sal.line)
11135 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
11136
11137 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
11138 {
11139 if (strcmp (b->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
11140 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
11141 b->number,
11142 b->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
11143
11144 xfree (b->static_trace_marker_id);
11145 b->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
11146 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
11147
11148 return sal;
11149 }
11150
11151 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
11152 by string ID. */
11153 if (!sal.explicit_pc
11154 && sal.line != 0
11155 && sal.symtab != NULL
11156 && b->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
11157 {
11158 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
11159
11160 markers
11161 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (b->static_trace_marker_id);
11162
11163 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
11164 {
11165 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11166 struct symbol *sym;
11167 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
11168
11169 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
11170
11171 xfree (b->static_trace_marker_id);
11172 b->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker->str_id);
11173
11174 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
11175 "found at previous line number"),
11176 b->number, b->static_trace_marker_id);
11177
11178 init_sal (&sal);
11179
11180 sal.pc = marker->address;
11181
11182 sal = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
11183 sym = find_pc_sect_function (marker->address, NULL);
11184 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
11185 if (sym)
11186 {
11187 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
11188 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
11189 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
11190 }
11191 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", sal.symtab->filename);
11192 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
11193
11194 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11195 {
11196 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab);
11197
11198 if (fullname)
11199 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
11200 }
11201
11202 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal.line);
11203 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
11204
11205 b->line_number = sal.line;
11206
11207 xfree (b->source_file);
11208 if (sym)
11209 b->source_file = xstrdup (sal.symtab->filename);
11210 else
11211 b->source_file = NULL;
11212
11213 xfree (b->addr_string);
11214 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
11215 sal.symtab->filename, b->line_number);
11216
11217 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
11218 so. */
11219
11220 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
11221 }
11222 }
11223 return sal;
11224 }
11225
11226 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
11227 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
11228
11229 static int
11230 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
11231 {
11232 while (a && b)
11233 {
11234 if (a->address != b->address)
11235 return 0;
11236
11237 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
11238 return 0;
11239
11240 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
11241 return 0;
11242
11243 a = a->next;
11244 b = b->next;
11245 }
11246
11247 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
11248 return 0;
11249
11250 return 1;
11251 }
11252
11253 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
11254 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
11255 a ranged breakpoint. */
11256
11257 void
11258 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
11259 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
11260 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
11261 {
11262 int i;
11263 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
11264
11265 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end location. */
11266 gdb_assert (sals_end.nelts == 0 || (sals.nelts == 1 && sals_end.nelts == 1));
11267
11268 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
11269 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
11270 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
11271 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
11272 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
11273 individual locations. */
11274 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
11275 return;
11276
11277 b->loc = NULL;
11278
11279 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
11280 {
11281 struct bp_location *new_loc =
11282 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
11283
11284 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
11285 old symtab. */
11286 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
11287 {
11288 char *s;
11289 struct gdb_exception e;
11290
11291 s = b->cond_string;
11292 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
11293 {
11294 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
11295 0);
11296 }
11297 if (e.reason < 0)
11298 {
11299 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
11300 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
11301 b->number, e.message);
11302 new_loc->enabled = 0;
11303 }
11304 }
11305
11306 if (b->source_file != NULL)
11307 xfree (b->source_file);
11308 if (sals.sals[i].symtab == NULL)
11309 b->source_file = NULL;
11310 else
11311 b->source_file = xstrdup (sals.sals[i].symtab->filename);
11312
11313 if (b->line_number == 0)
11314 b->line_number = sals.sals[i].line;
11315
11316 if (sals_end.nelts)
11317 {
11318 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
11319
11320 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
11321 }
11322 }
11323
11324 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
11325 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
11326 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
11327
11328 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
11329 breakpoints. */
11330 {
11331 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
11332 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
11333 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
11334 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
11335 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
11336 often enough until a better solution is found. */
11337 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
11338
11339 for (; e; e = e->next)
11340 {
11341 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
11342 {
11343 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
11344 if (have_ambiguous_names)
11345 {
11346 for (; l; l = l->next)
11347 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
11348 {
11349 l->enabled = 0;
11350 break;
11351 }
11352 }
11353 else
11354 {
11355 for (; l; l = l->next)
11356 if (l->function_name
11357 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
11358 {
11359 l->enabled = 0;
11360 break;
11361 }
11362 }
11363 }
11364 }
11365 }
11366
11367 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
11368 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
11369
11370 update_global_location_list (1);
11371 }
11372
11373 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
11374 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
11375
11376 static struct symtabs_and_lines
11377 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, char *addr_string, int *found)
11378 {
11379 char *s;
11380 int marker_spec;
11381 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
11382 struct gdb_exception e;
11383
11384 s = addr_string;
11385 marker_spec = b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && is_marker_spec (s);
11386
11387 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
11388 {
11389 if (marker_spec)
11390 {
11391 sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s);
11392 if (sals.nelts > b->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
11393 {
11394 sals.sals[0] = sals.sals[b->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
11395 sals.nelts = 1;
11396 }
11397 else
11398 error (_("marker %s not found"), b->static_trace_marker_id);
11399 }
11400 else
11401 sals = decode_line_1 (&s, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0, NULL);
11402 }
11403 if (e.reason < 0)
11404 {
11405 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
11406 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
11407 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
11408 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
11409 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
11410 state, then user already saw the message about that
11411 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
11412 errors. */
11413 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
11414 && (b->condition_not_parsed
11415 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
11416 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
11417 not_found_and_ok = 1;
11418
11419 if (!not_found_and_ok)
11420 {
11421 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
11422 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
11423 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
11424 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
11425 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
11426 which approach is better. */
11427 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
11428 throw_exception (e);
11429 }
11430 }
11431
11432 if (e.reason == 0 || e.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
11433 {
11434 gdb_assert (sals.nelts == 1);
11435
11436 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[0]);
11437 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
11438 {
11439 char *cond_string = 0;
11440 int thread = -1;
11441 int task = 0;
11442
11443 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
11444 &cond_string, &thread, &task);
11445 if (cond_string)
11446 b->cond_string = cond_string;
11447 b->thread = thread;
11448 b->task = task;
11449 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
11450 }
11451
11452 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !marker_spec)
11453 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
11454
11455 *found = 1;
11456 }
11457 else
11458 *found = 0;
11459
11460 return sals;
11461 }
11462
11463 /* Reevaluate a hardware or software breakpoint and recreate its locations.
11464 This is necessary after symbols are read (e.g., an executable or DSO
11465 was loaded, or the inferior just started). */
11466
11467 static void
11468 re_set_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
11469 {
11470 int found;
11471 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
11472 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
11473 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
11474 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11475
11476 input_radix = b->input_radix;
11477 save_current_space_and_thread ();
11478 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
11479 set_language (b->language);
11480
11481 sals = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string, &found);
11482 if (found)
11483 {
11484 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11485 expanded = expand_line_sal_maybe (sals.sals[0]);
11486 }
11487
11488 if (b->addr_string_range_end)
11489 {
11490 sals_end = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string_range_end, &found);
11491 if (found)
11492 {
11493 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
11494 expanded_end = expand_line_sal_maybe (sals_end.sals[0]);
11495 }
11496 }
11497
11498 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded, expanded_end);
11499 do_cleanups (cleanups);
11500 }
11501
11502 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
11503 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
11504 Unused in this case. */
11505
11506 static int
11507 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
11508 {
11509 /* Get past catch_errs. */
11510 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
11511
11512 switch (b->type)
11513 {
11514 case bp_none:
11515 warning (_("attempted to reset apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
11516 b->number);
11517 return 0;
11518 case bp_breakpoint:
11519 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
11520 case bp_tracepoint:
11521 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
11522 case bp_static_tracepoint:
11523 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
11524 /* Do not attempt to re-set breakpoints disabled during startup. */
11525 if (b->enable_state == bp_startup_disabled)
11526 return 0;
11527
11528 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
11529 {
11530 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
11531 delete_breakpoint (b);
11532 return 0;
11533 }
11534
11535 re_set_breakpoint (b);
11536 break;
11537
11538 case bp_watchpoint:
11539 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11540 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11541 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11542 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
11543 variables, or it can be on local variables.
11544
11545 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and
11546 even persist across program restarts. Since they can use
11547 variables from shared libraries, we need to reparse
11548 expression as libraries are loaded and unloaded.
11549
11550 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as
11551 result of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses
11552 both a local and a global variables in expression, it's a
11553 local watchpoint, but unloading of a shared library will make
11554 the expression invalid. This is not a very common use case,
11555 but we still re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to
11556 the user.
11557
11558 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
11559 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means
11560 the watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In
11561 fact, I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
11562
11563 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
11564 b->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
11565
11566 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will
11567 be reevaluated again when enabled. */
11568 update_watchpoint (b, 1 /* reparse */);
11569 break;
11570 /* We needn't really do anything to reset these, since the mask
11571 that requests them is unaffected by e.g., new libraries being
11572 loaded. */
11573 case bp_catchpoint:
11574 break;
11575
11576 default:
11577 printf_filtered (_("Deleting unknown breakpoint type %d\n"), b->type);
11578 /* fall through */
11579 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they will be
11580 reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
11581 case bp_overlay_event:
11582 case bp_longjmp_master:
11583 case bp_std_terminate_master:
11584 case bp_exception_master:
11585 delete_breakpoint (b);
11586 break;
11587
11588 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
11589 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
11590 case bp_shlib_event:
11591
11592 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special.
11593 Once it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
11594 case bp_thread_event:
11595
11596 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we
11597 step over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the
11598 breakpoints. Otherwise these should have been blown away via
11599 the cleanup chain or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we
11600 rerun the executable. */
11601 case bp_until:
11602 case bp_finish:
11603 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
11604 case bp_call_dummy:
11605 case bp_std_terminate:
11606 case bp_step_resume:
11607 case bp_hp_step_resume:
11608 case bp_longjmp:
11609 case bp_longjmp_resume:
11610 case bp_exception:
11611 case bp_exception_resume:
11612 case bp_jit_event:
11613 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
11614 break;
11615 }
11616
11617 return 0;
11618 }
11619
11620 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
11621 void
11622 breakpoint_re_set (void)
11623 {
11624 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
11625 enum language save_language;
11626 int save_input_radix;
11627 struct cleanup *old_chain;
11628
11629 save_language = current_language->la_language;
11630 save_input_radix = input_radix;
11631 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
11632
11633 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
11634 {
11635 /* Format possible error msg. */
11636 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
11637 b->number);
11638 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
11639 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
11640 do_cleanups (cleanups);
11641 }
11642 set_language (save_language);
11643 input_radix = save_input_radix;
11644
11645 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
11646
11647 do_cleanups (old_chain);
11648
11649 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
11650 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
11651 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
11652 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
11653 }
11654 \f
11655 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
11656
11657 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
11658 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
11659 void
11660 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
11661 {
11662 if (b->thread != -1)
11663 {
11664 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
11665 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
11666
11667 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
11668 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
11669 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
11670 as well. */
11671 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
11672 }
11673 }
11674
11675 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
11676 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
11677 which ends with a period (no newline). */
11678
11679 void
11680 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
11681 {
11682 struct breakpoint *b;
11683
11684 if (count < 0)
11685 count = 0;
11686
11687 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11688 if (b->number == bptnum)
11689 {
11690 if (is_tracepoint (b))
11691 {
11692 if (from_tty && count != 0)
11693 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
11694 bptnum);
11695 return;
11696 }
11697
11698 b->ignore_count = count;
11699 if (from_tty)
11700 {
11701 if (count == 0)
11702 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
11703 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
11704 bptnum);
11705 else if (count == 1)
11706 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
11707 bptnum);
11708 else
11709 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
11710 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
11711 count, bptnum);
11712 }
11713 breakpoints_changed ();
11714 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
11715 return;
11716 }
11717
11718 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
11719 }
11720
11721 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
11722
11723 static void
11724 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
11725 {
11726 char *p = args;
11727 int num;
11728
11729 if (p == 0)
11730 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
11731
11732 num = get_number (&p);
11733 if (num == 0)
11734 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
11735 if (*p == 0)
11736 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
11737
11738 set_ignore_count (num,
11739 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
11740 from_tty);
11741 if (from_tty)
11742 printf_filtered ("\n");
11743 }
11744 \f
11745 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
11746 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
11747
11748 static void
11749 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
11750 void *),
11751 void *data)
11752 {
11753 int num;
11754 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
11755 int match;
11756 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
11757
11758 if (args == 0)
11759 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
11760
11761 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
11762
11763 while (!state.finished)
11764 {
11765 char *p = state.string;
11766
11767 match = 0;
11768
11769 num = get_number_or_range (&state);
11770 if (num == 0)
11771 {
11772 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
11773 }
11774 else
11775 {
11776 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
11777 if (b->number == num)
11778 {
11779 match = 1;
11780 function (b, data);
11781 break;
11782 }
11783 if (match == 0)
11784 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
11785 }
11786 }
11787 }
11788
11789 static struct bp_location *
11790 find_location_by_number (char *number)
11791 {
11792 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
11793 char *p1;
11794 int bp_num;
11795 int loc_num;
11796 struct breakpoint *b;
11797 struct bp_location *loc;
11798
11799 *dot = '\0';
11800
11801 p1 = number;
11802 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
11803 if (bp_num == 0)
11804 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
11805
11806 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11807 if (b->number == bp_num)
11808 {
11809 break;
11810 }
11811
11812 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
11813 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
11814
11815 p1 = dot+1;
11816 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
11817 if (loc_num == 0)
11818 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
11819
11820 --loc_num;
11821 loc = b->loc;
11822 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
11823 ;
11824 if (!loc)
11825 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
11826
11827 return loc;
11828 }
11829
11830
11831 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
11832 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
11833 which ends with a period (no newline). */
11834
11835 void
11836 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
11837 {
11838 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
11839 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
11840 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
11841 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
11842 return;
11843
11844 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
11845 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
11846 return;
11847
11848 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
11849
11850 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
11851 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
11852 {
11853 struct bp_location *location;
11854
11855 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
11856 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
11857 }
11858
11859 update_global_location_list (0);
11860
11861 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
11862 }
11863
11864 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
11865
11866 static void
11867 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
11868 {
11869 disable_breakpoint (b);
11870 }
11871
11872 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
11873 disable_breakpoint. */
11874
11875 static void
11876 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
11877 {
11878 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
11879 }
11880
11881 static void
11882 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
11883 {
11884 if (args == 0)
11885 {
11886 struct breakpoint *bpt;
11887
11888 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
11889 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
11890 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
11891 }
11892 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
11893 {
11894 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
11895 if (loc)
11896 {
11897 loc->enabled = 0;
11898 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
11899 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
11900 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
11901 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
11902 }
11903 update_global_location_list (0);
11904 }
11905 else
11906 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
11907 }
11908
11909 static void
11910 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition)
11911 {
11912 int target_resources_ok;
11913
11914 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
11915 {
11916 int i;
11917 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
11918 target_resources_ok =
11919 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
11920 i + 1, 0);
11921 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
11922 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
11923 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
11924 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
11925 }
11926
11927 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
11928 {
11929 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
11930 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = 0;
11931 struct gdb_exception e;
11932
11933 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
11934 {
11935 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
11936 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11937 update_watchpoint (bpt, 1 /* reparse */);
11938 }
11939 if (e.reason < 0)
11940 {
11941 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
11942 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
11943 bpt->number);
11944 return;
11945 }
11946 }
11947
11948 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
11949 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11950
11951 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
11952 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
11953 {
11954 struct bp_location *location;
11955
11956 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
11957 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
11958 }
11959
11960 bpt->disposition = disposition;
11961 update_global_location_list (1);
11962 breakpoints_changed ();
11963
11964 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
11965 }
11966
11967
11968 void
11969 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
11970 {
11971 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition);
11972 }
11973
11974 static void
11975 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
11976 {
11977 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
11978 }
11979
11980 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
11981 enable_breakpoint. */
11982
11983 static void
11984 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
11985 {
11986 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
11987 }
11988
11989 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
11990 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
11991 in stopping the inferior. */
11992
11993 static void
11994 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
11995 {
11996 if (args == 0)
11997 {
11998 struct breakpoint *bpt;
11999
12000 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
12001 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
12002 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
12003 }
12004 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
12005 {
12006 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
12007 if (loc)
12008 {
12009 loc->enabled = 1;
12010 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
12011 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
12012 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
12013 target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
12014 }
12015 update_global_location_list (1);
12016 }
12017 else
12018 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
12019 }
12020
12021 static void
12022 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
12023 {
12024 enum bpdisp disp = *(enum bpdisp *) arg;
12025
12026 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp);
12027 }
12028
12029 static void
12030 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
12031 {
12032 enum bpdisp disp = disp_disable;
12033
12034 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
12035 }
12036
12037 static void
12038 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12039 {
12040 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
12041 }
12042
12043 static void
12044 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
12045 {
12046 enum bpdisp disp = disp_del;
12047
12048 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
12049 }
12050
12051 static void
12052 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12053 {
12054 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
12055 }
12056 \f
12057 static void
12058 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
12059 {
12060 }
12061
12062 static void
12063 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
12064 {
12065 }
12066
12067 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
12068 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
12069 GDB itself. */
12070
12071 static void
12072 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (CORE_ADDR addr, int len,
12073 const bfd_byte *data)
12074 {
12075 struct breakpoint *bp;
12076
12077 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
12078 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
12079 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
12080 && bp->val_valid && bp->val)
12081 {
12082 struct bp_location *loc;
12083
12084 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
12085 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
12086 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
12087 && addr + len > loc->address)
12088 {
12089 value_free (bp->val);
12090 bp->val = NULL;
12091 bp->val_valid = 0;
12092 }
12093 }
12094 }
12095
12096 /* Use default_breakpoint_'s, or nothing if they aren't valid. */
12097
12098 struct symtabs_and_lines
12099 decode_line_spec_1 (char *string, int funfirstline)
12100 {
12101 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
12102
12103 if (string == 0)
12104 error (_("Empty line specification."));
12105 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
12106 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, funfirstline,
12107 default_breakpoint_symtab,
12108 default_breakpoint_line,
12109 NULL);
12110 else
12111 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, funfirstline,
12112 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0, NULL);
12113 if (*string)
12114 error (_("Junk at end of line specification: %s"), string);
12115 return sals;
12116 }
12117
12118 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
12119 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
12120 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
12121 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
12122 someday. */
12123
12124 void *
12125 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12126 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
12127 {
12128 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
12129
12130 bp_tgt = XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info);
12131
12132 bp_tgt->placed_address_space = aspace;
12133 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
12134
12135 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt) != 0)
12136 {
12137 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
12138 xfree (bp_tgt);
12139 return NULL;
12140 }
12141
12142 return bp_tgt;
12143 }
12144
12145 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
12146 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
12147
12148 int
12149 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, void *bp)
12150 {
12151 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
12152 int ret;
12153
12154 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt);
12155 xfree (bp_tgt);
12156
12157 return ret;
12158 }
12159
12160 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
12161 stepping. */
12162
12163 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
12164 static struct gdbarch *single_step_gdbarch[2];
12165
12166 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
12167
12168 void
12169 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12170 struct address_space *aspace,
12171 CORE_ADDR next_pc)
12172 {
12173 void **bpt_p;
12174
12175 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
12176 {
12177 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
12178 single_step_gdbarch[0] = gdbarch;
12179 }
12180 else
12181 {
12182 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
12183 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
12184 single_step_gdbarch[1] = gdbarch;
12185 }
12186
12187 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
12188 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
12189 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
12190 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
12191 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
12192 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
12193
12194 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, next_pc);
12195 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
12196 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
12197 paddress (gdbarch, next_pc));
12198 }
12199
12200 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
12201 were inserted or not. */
12202
12203 int
12204 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
12205 {
12206 return (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL
12207 || single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL);
12208 }
12209
12210 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
12211
12212 void
12213 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
12214 {
12215 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
12216
12217 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
12218 call. */
12219 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[0],
12220 single_step_breakpoints[0]);
12221 single_step_gdbarch[0] = NULL;
12222 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
12223
12224 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
12225 {
12226 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[1],
12227 single_step_breakpoints[1]);
12228 single_step_gdbarch[1] = NULL;
12229 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
12230 }
12231 }
12232
12233 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
12234 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
12235 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
12236 exec. */
12237
12238 void
12239 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
12240 {
12241 int i;
12242
12243 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
12244 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
12245 {
12246 xfree (single_step_breakpoints[i]);
12247 single_step_breakpoints[i] = NULL;
12248 single_step_gdbarch[i] = NULL;
12249 }
12250 }
12251
12252 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
12253 removing them. */
12254
12255 static void
12256 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
12257 {
12258 int i;
12259
12260 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
12261 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
12262 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[i],
12263 single_step_breakpoints[i]);
12264 }
12265
12266 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
12267 PC. */
12268
12269 static int
12270 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
12271 CORE_ADDR pc)
12272 {
12273 int i;
12274
12275 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
12276 {
12277 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
12278 if (bp_tgt
12279 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt->placed_address_space,
12280 bp_tgt->placed_address,
12281 aspace, pc))
12282 return 1;
12283 }
12284
12285 return 0;
12286 }
12287
12288 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
12289 non-zero otherwise. */
12290 static int
12291 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp)
12292 {
12293 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp)
12294 && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled
12295 && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
12296 return 1;
12297 else
12298 return 0;
12299 }
12300
12301 int
12302 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
12303 {
12304 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
12305
12306 return inf->total_syscalls_count != 0;
12307 }
12308
12309 int
12310 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number)
12311 {
12312 struct breakpoint *bp;
12313
12314 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
12315 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp))
12316 {
12317 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bp;
12318
12319 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
12320 {
12321 int i, iter;
12322 for (i = 0;
12323 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
12324 i++)
12325 if (syscall_number == iter)
12326 return 1;
12327 }
12328 else
12329 return 1;
12330 }
12331
12332 return 0;
12333 }
12334
12335 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
12336 static char **
12337 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
12338 char *text, char *word)
12339 {
12340 const char **list = get_syscall_names ();
12341 char **retlist
12342 = (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, text, word);
12343
12344 xfree (list);
12345 return retlist;
12346 }
12347
12348 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
12349
12350 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
12351 static void
12352 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
12353 {
12354 tracepoint_count = num;
12355 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
12356 }
12357
12358 void
12359 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12360 {
12361 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12362 arg,
12363 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
12364 0 /* tempflag */,
12365 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
12366 0 /* Ignore count */,
12367 pending_break_support,
12368 NULL,
12369 from_tty,
12370 1 /* enabled */,
12371 0 /* internal */))
12372 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
12373 }
12374
12375 void
12376 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12377 {
12378 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12379 arg,
12380 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
12381 0 /* tempflag */,
12382 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
12383 0 /* Ignore count */,
12384 pending_break_support,
12385 NULL,
12386 from_tty,
12387 1 /* enabled */,
12388 0 /* internal */))
12389 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
12390 }
12391
12392 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
12393
12394 void
12395 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12396 {
12397 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12398 arg,
12399 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
12400 0 /* tempflag */,
12401 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
12402 0 /* Ignore count */,
12403 pending_break_support,
12404 NULL,
12405 from_tty,
12406 1 /* enabled */,
12407 0 /* internal */))
12408 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
12409 }
12410
12411 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
12412 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
12413
12414 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
12415 static int next_cmd;
12416
12417 static char *
12418 read_uploaded_action (void)
12419 {
12420 char *rslt;
12421
12422 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
12423
12424 next_cmd++;
12425
12426 return rslt;
12427 }
12428
12429 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
12430 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
12431 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
12432 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
12433 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
12434
12435 struct breakpoint *
12436 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
12437 {
12438 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
12439 struct breakpoint *tp;
12440
12441 if (utp->at_string)
12442 addr_str = utp->at_string;
12443 else
12444 {
12445 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
12446 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
12447 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
12448 user. */
12449 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
12450 "source location, using raw address"),
12451 utp->number);
12452 sprintf (small_buf, "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
12453 addr_str = small_buf;
12454 }
12455
12456 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
12457 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
12458 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
12459 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
12460 utp->number);
12461
12462 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12463 addr_str,
12464 utp->cond_string, -1, 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
12465 0 /* tempflag */,
12466 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
12467 0 /* Ignore count */,
12468 pending_break_support,
12469 NULL,
12470 0 /* from_tty */,
12471 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
12472 0 /* internal */))
12473 return NULL;
12474
12475 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
12476
12477 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
12478 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
12479 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
12480
12481 if (utp->pass > 0)
12482 {
12483 sprintf (small_buf, "%d %d", utp->pass, tp->number);
12484
12485 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
12486 }
12487
12488 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
12489 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
12490 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
12491 function. */
12492 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
12493 {
12494 struct command_line *cmd_list;
12495
12496 this_utp = utp;
12497 next_cmd = 0;
12498
12499 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
12500
12501 breakpoint_set_commands (tp, cmd_list);
12502 }
12503 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
12504 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
12505 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
12506 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
12507 utp->number);
12508
12509 return tp;
12510 }
12511
12512 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
12513 omitted. */
12514
12515 static void
12516 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
12517 {
12518 int num_printed;
12519
12520 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
12521
12522 if (num_printed == 0)
12523 {
12524 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
12525 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
12526 else
12527 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
12528 }
12529
12530 default_collect_info ();
12531 }
12532
12533 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
12534 Not supported by all targets. */
12535 static void
12536 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12537 {
12538 enable_command (args, from_tty);
12539 }
12540
12541 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
12542 Not supported by all targets. */
12543 static void
12544 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12545 {
12546 disable_command (args, from_tty);
12547 }
12548
12549 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
12550 static void
12551 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12552 {
12553 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
12554
12555 dont_repeat ();
12556
12557 if (arg == 0)
12558 {
12559 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
12560
12561 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
12562 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
12563 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
12564 argument. */
12565 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
12566 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
12567 {
12568 breaks_to_delete = 1;
12569 break;
12570 }
12571
12572 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
12573 if (!from_tty
12574 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
12575 {
12576 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
12577 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
12578 delete_breakpoint (b);
12579 }
12580 }
12581 else
12582 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
12583 }
12584
12585 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
12586
12587 static void
12588 trace_pass_set_count (struct breakpoint *bp, int count, int from_tty)
12589 {
12590 bp->pass_count = count;
12591 observer_notify_tracepoint_modified (bp->number);
12592 if (from_tty)
12593 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
12594 bp->number, count);
12595 }
12596
12597 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
12598
12599 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
12600 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
12601 Also accepts special argument "all". */
12602
12603 static void
12604 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12605 {
12606 struct breakpoint *t1;
12607 unsigned int count;
12608
12609 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
12610 error (_("passcount command requires an "
12611 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
12612
12613 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
12614
12615 while (*args && isspace ((int) *args))
12616 args++;
12617
12618 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
12619 {
12620 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
12621 if (*args)
12622 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
12623
12624 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t1)
12625 {
12626 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
12627 }
12628 }
12629 else if (*args == '\0')
12630 {
12631 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL, 1);
12632 if (t1)
12633 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
12634 }
12635 else
12636 {
12637 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
12638
12639 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
12640 while (!state.finished)
12641 {
12642 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state, 1);
12643 if (t1)
12644 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
12645 }
12646 }
12647 }
12648
12649 struct breakpoint *
12650 get_tracepoint (int num)
12651 {
12652 struct breakpoint *t;
12653
12654 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
12655 if (t->number == num)
12656 return t;
12657
12658 return NULL;
12659 }
12660
12661 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
12662 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
12663 reconnecting). */
12664
12665 struct breakpoint *
12666 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
12667 {
12668 struct breakpoint *t;
12669
12670 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
12671 if (t->number_on_target == num)
12672 return t;
12673
12674 return NULL;
12675 }
12676
12677 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
12678 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
12679 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
12680 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
12681 struct breakpoint *
12682 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
12683 struct get_number_or_range_state *state,
12684 int optional_p)
12685 {
12686 extern int tracepoint_count;
12687 struct breakpoint *t;
12688 int tpnum;
12689 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
12690
12691 if (state)
12692 {
12693 gdb_assert (!state->finished);
12694 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
12695 }
12696 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
12697 {
12698 if (optional_p)
12699 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
12700 else
12701 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
12702 }
12703 else
12704 tpnum = get_number (arg);
12705
12706 if (tpnum <= 0)
12707 {
12708 if (instring && *instring)
12709 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
12710 instring);
12711 else
12712 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
12713 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
12714 return NULL;
12715 }
12716
12717 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
12718 if (t->number == tpnum)
12719 {
12720 return t;
12721 }
12722
12723 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
12724 return NULL;
12725 }
12726
12727 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
12728 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
12729 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
12730 non-zero. */
12731
12732 static void
12733 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
12734 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
12735 {
12736 struct breakpoint *tp;
12737 int any = 0;
12738 char *pathname;
12739 struct cleanup *cleanup;
12740 struct ui_file *fp;
12741 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
12742
12743 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
12744 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
12745
12746 /* See if we have anything to save. */
12747 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
12748 {
12749 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
12750 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
12751 continue;
12752
12753 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
12754 if (filter && !filter (tp))
12755 continue;
12756
12757 any = 1;
12758
12759 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
12760 {
12761 extra_trace_bits = 1;
12762
12763 /* We can stop searching. */
12764 break;
12765 }
12766 }
12767
12768 if (!any)
12769 {
12770 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
12771 return;
12772 }
12773
12774 pathname = tilde_expand (filename);
12775 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, pathname);
12776 fp = gdb_fopen (pathname, "w");
12777 if (!fp)
12778 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
12779 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
12780 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
12781
12782 if (extra_trace_bits)
12783 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
12784
12785 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
12786 {
12787 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
12788 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
12789 continue;
12790
12791 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
12792 if (filter && !filter (tp))
12793 continue;
12794
12795 if (tp->ops != NULL && tp->ops->print_recreate != NULL)
12796 (tp->ops->print_recreate) (tp, fp);
12797 else
12798 {
12799 if (tp->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
12800 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
12801 if (tp->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
12802 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
12803 else if (tp->type == bp_tracepoint)
12804 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
12805 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
12806 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
12807 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
12808 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
12809 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
12810 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
12811 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
12812 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
12813 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
12814 else if (tp->type == bp_watchpoint)
12815 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
12816 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
12817 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
12818 else if (tp->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
12819 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
12820 else if (tp->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
12821 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
12822 else
12823 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12824 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
12825
12826 if (tp->exp_string)
12827 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->exp_string);
12828 else if (tp->addr_string)
12829 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string);
12830 else
12831 {
12832 char tmp[40];
12833
12834 sprintf_vma (tmp, tp->loc->address);
12835 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " *0x%s", tmp);
12836 }
12837 }
12838
12839 if (tp->thread != -1)
12840 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", tp->thread);
12841
12842 if (tp->task != 0)
12843 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", tp->task);
12844
12845 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
12846
12847 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
12848 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
12849 instead. */
12850
12851 if (tp->cond_string)
12852 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
12853
12854 if (tp->ignore_count)
12855 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
12856
12857 if (tp->pass_count)
12858 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
12859
12860 if (tp->commands)
12861 {
12862 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
12863
12864 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
12865
12866 ui_out_redirect (uiout, fp);
12867 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
12868 {
12869 print_command_lines (uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
12870 }
12871 ui_out_redirect (uiout, NULL);
12872
12873 if (ex.reason < 0)
12874 throw_exception (ex);
12875
12876 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
12877 }
12878
12879 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
12880 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable\n");
12881
12882 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
12883 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
12884 special, and not user visible. */
12885 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
12886 {
12887 struct bp_location *loc;
12888 int n = 1;
12889
12890 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
12891 if (!loc->enabled)
12892 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
12893 }
12894 }
12895
12896 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
12897 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
12898
12899 do_cleanups (cleanup);
12900 if (from_tty)
12901 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
12902 }
12903
12904 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
12905
12906 static void
12907 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12908 {
12909 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
12910 }
12911
12912 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
12913
12914 static void
12915 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12916 {
12917 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
12918 }
12919
12920 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
12921
12922 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
12923 all_tracepoints (void)
12924 {
12925 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
12926 struct breakpoint *tp;
12927
12928 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
12929 {
12930 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
12931 }
12932
12933 return tp_vec;
12934 }
12935
12936 \f
12937 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
12938 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
12939 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
12940 command. */
12941 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
12942 command" [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
12943 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
12944 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
12945 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
12946 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
12947 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
12948 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
12949 \n\
12950 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
12951 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
12952 \n\
12953 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
12954 conditions are different.\n\
12955 \n\
12956 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
12957
12958 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
12959 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
12960
12961 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
12962 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
12963
12964 /* Like add_cmd, but add the command to both the "catch" and "tcatch"
12965 lists, and pass some additional user data to the command function. */
12966 static void
12967 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
12968 void (*sfunc) (char *args, int from_tty,
12969 struct cmd_list_element *command),
12970 char **(*completer) (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
12971 char *text, char *word),
12972 void *user_data_catch,
12973 void *user_data_tcatch)
12974 {
12975 struct cmd_list_element *command;
12976
12977 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
12978 &catch_cmdlist);
12979 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
12980 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
12981 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
12982
12983 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
12984 &tcatch_cmdlist);
12985 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
12986 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
12987 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
12988 }
12989
12990 static void
12991 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf)
12992 {
12993 inf->total_syscalls_count = 0;
12994 inf->any_syscall_count = 0;
12995 VEC_free (int, inf->syscalls_counts);
12996 }
12997
12998 static void
12999 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13000 {
13001 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
13002 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
13003 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout);
13004 }
13005
13006 struct breakpoint *
13007 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
13008 void *data)
13009 {
13010 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13011
13012 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13013 {
13014 if ((*callback) (b, data))
13015 return b;
13016 }
13017
13018 return NULL;
13019 }
13020
13021 void
13022 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
13023 {
13024 struct cmd_list_element *c;
13025
13026 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
13027 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts);
13028 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
13029
13030 breakpoint_objfile_key = register_objfile_data ();
13031
13032 breakpoint_chain = 0;
13033 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
13034 before a breakpoint is set. */
13035 breakpoint_count = 0;
13036
13037 tracepoint_count = 0;
13038
13039 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
13040 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
13041 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
13042 if (xdb_commands)
13043 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
13044
13045 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
13046 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
13047 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
13048 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
13049 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
13050 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
13051 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
13052 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
13053
13054 add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
13055 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
13056 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
13057 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
13058
13059 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
13060 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
13061 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
13062 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
13063 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
13064 \n"
13065 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
13066 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13067
13068 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
13069 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
13070 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
13071 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
13072 \n"
13073 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
13074 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13075
13076 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
13077 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
13078 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
13079 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
13080 \n"
13081 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
13082 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13083
13084 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
13085 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
13086 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
13087 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
13088 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
13089 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
13090 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
13091 if (xdb_commands)
13092 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
13093 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
13094 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
13095 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
13096 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
13097 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
13098
13099 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
13100
13101 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
13102 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
13103 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
13104 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
13105 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
13106 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
13107
13108 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
13109 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13110 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
13111 &enablebreaklist);
13112
13113 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
13114 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13115 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
13116 &enablebreaklist);
13117
13118 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
13119 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13120 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
13121 &enablelist);
13122
13123 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
13124 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13125 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
13126 &enablelist);
13127
13128 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
13129 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
13130 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13131 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13132 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
13133 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
13134 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
13135 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
13136 if (xdb_commands)
13137 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
13138 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
13139 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13140 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13141 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
13142
13143 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
13144 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
13145 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13146 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13147 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
13148 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
13149 &disablelist);
13150
13151 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
13152 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
13153 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13154 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13155 \n\
13156 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
13157 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
13158 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
13159 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
13160 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
13161 if (xdb_commands)
13162 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
13163 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
13164 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13165 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
13166
13167 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
13168 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
13169 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13170 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13171 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
13172 &deletelist);
13173
13174 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
13175 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
13176 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
13177 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
13178 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
13179 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
13180 \n\
13181 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
13182 is executing in.\n\
13183 \n\
13184 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
13185 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
13186
13187 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
13188 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
13189 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
13190 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13191
13192 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
13193 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
13194 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
13195 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
13196
13197 if (xdb_commands)
13198 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
13199
13200 if (dbx_commands)
13201 {
13202 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
13203 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
13204 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
13205 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
13206 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
13207 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
13208 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
13209 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
13210 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
13211 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
13212 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
13213 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
13214 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
13215 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
13216 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
13217 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
13218 \n\
13219 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
13220 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
13221 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
13222 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
13223 breakpoint set."));
13224 }
13225
13226 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
13227 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
13228 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
13229 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
13230 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
13231 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
13232 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
13233 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
13234 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
13235 \n\
13236 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
13237 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
13238 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
13239 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
13240 breakpoint set."));
13241
13242 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
13243
13244 if (xdb_commands)
13245 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
13246 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
13247 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
13248 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
13249 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
13250 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
13251 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
13252 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
13253 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
13254 \n\
13255 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
13256 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
13257 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
13258 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
13259 breakpoint set."));
13260
13261 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
13262 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
13263 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
13264 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
13265 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
13266 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
13267 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
13268 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
13269 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
13270 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
13271 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
13272 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
13273 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
13274 \n\
13275 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
13276 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
13277 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
13278 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
13279 breakpoint set."),
13280 &maintenanceinfolist);
13281
13282 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
13283 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
13284 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
13285 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
13286
13287 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
13288 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
13289 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
13290 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
13291
13292 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
13293 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
13294 Catch an exception, when caught.\n\
13295 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
13296 catch_catch_command,
13297 NULL,
13298 CATCH_PERMANENT,
13299 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
13300 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
13301 Catch an exception, when thrown.\n\
13302 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
13303 catch_throw_command,
13304 NULL,
13305 CATCH_PERMANENT,
13306 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
13307 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
13308 catch_fork_command_1,
13309 NULL,
13310 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
13311 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
13312 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
13313 catch_fork_command_1,
13314 NULL,
13315 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
13316 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
13317 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
13318 catch_exec_command_1,
13319 NULL,
13320 CATCH_PERMANENT,
13321 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
13322 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
13323 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
13324 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
13325 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
13326 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
13327 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
13328 catch_syscall_command_1,
13329 catch_syscall_completer,
13330 CATCH_PERMANENT,
13331 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
13332 add_catch_command ("exception", _("\
13333 Catch Ada exceptions, when raised.\n\
13334 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
13335 catch_ada_exception_command,
13336 NULL,
13337 CATCH_PERMANENT,
13338 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
13339 add_catch_command ("assert", _("\
13340 Catch failed Ada assertions, when raised.\n\
13341 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
13342 catch_assert_command,
13343 NULL,
13344 CATCH_PERMANENT,
13345 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
13346
13347 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
13348 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
13349 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
13350 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
13351 an expression changes.\n\
13352 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
13353 the memory to which it refers."));
13354 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
13355
13356 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
13357 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
13358 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
13359 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
13360 an expression is read.\n\
13361 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
13362 the memory to which it refers."));
13363 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
13364
13365 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
13366 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
13367 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
13368 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
13369 an expression is either read or written.\n\
13370 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
13371 the memory to which it refers."));
13372 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
13373
13374 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
13375 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
13376
13377 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
13378 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
13379 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
13380 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
13381 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
13382 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
13383 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
13384 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
13385 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
13386 hardware.)"),
13387 NULL,
13388 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
13389 &setlist, &showlist);
13390
13391 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
13392
13393 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
13394
13395 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
13396 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
13397 \n"
13398 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
13399 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
13400 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13401
13402 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
13403 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
13404 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
13405 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
13406
13407 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
13408 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
13409 \n"
13410 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
13411 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
13412 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13413
13414 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
13415 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
13416 \n\
13417 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
13418 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
13419 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
13420 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
13421 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
13422 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
13423 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
13424 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
13425 the selected stack frame.\n\
13426 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
13427 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
13428 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
13429 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
13430 \n\
13431 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
13432 \n\
13433 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
13434 conditions are different.\n\
13435 \n\
13436 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
13437 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
13438 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13439
13440 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
13441 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
13442 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
13443 last tracepoint set."));
13444
13445 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
13446
13447 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
13448 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
13449 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
13450 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
13451 &deletelist);
13452
13453 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
13454 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
13455 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
13456 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
13457 &disablelist);
13458 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
13459
13460 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
13461 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
13462 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
13463 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
13464 &enablelist);
13465 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
13466
13467 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
13468 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
13469 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
13470 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
13471 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
13472
13473 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
13474 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
13475 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
13476 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
13477
13478 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
13479 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
13480 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
13481 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
13482 session to restore them."),
13483 &save_cmdlist);
13484 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
13485
13486 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
13487 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
13488 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
13489 &save_cmdlist);
13490 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
13491
13492 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
13493 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
13494
13495 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
13496 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
13497 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
13498 pending breakpoint behavior"),
13499 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
13500 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
13501 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
13502 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
13503 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
13504 pending breakpoint behavior"),
13505 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
13506 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
13507
13508 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
13509 &pending_break_support, _("\
13510 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
13511 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
13512 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
13513 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
13514 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
13515 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
13516 NULL,
13517 show_pending_break_support,
13518 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
13519 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
13520
13521 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
13522
13523 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
13524 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
13525 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
13526 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
13527 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
13528 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
13529 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
13530 NULL,
13531 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
13532 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
13533 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
13534
13535 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
13536 always_inserted_enums, &always_inserted_mode, _("\
13537 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
13538 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
13539 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
13540 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
13541 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
13542 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
13543 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
13544 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
13545 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
13546 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
13547 NULL,
13548 &show_always_inserted_mode,
13549 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
13550 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
13551
13552 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
13553 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
13554 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
13555 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
13556 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
13557 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
13558 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
13559 or the start of the range\n\
13560 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
13561 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
13562 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
13563 \n\
13564 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
13565 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
13566 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
13567
13568 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
13569
13570 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
13571 }
This page took 0.310964 seconds and 5 git commands to generate.